diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source')
18 files changed, 4913 insertions, 2489 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx index 9008263302a..f2a52185c93 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx @@ -19,16 +19,20 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{427} +% \CheckSum{431} % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -827,17 +831,10 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2016/03/27 v1.2 Bilingual Captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2020/08/23 v1.2a Bilingual Captions (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{caption}[2018/05/11] % needs v3.4 or newer -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{% - \caption@Error{% - The `bicaption' package does not work correctly\MessageBreak - in compatibility mode}}{}} +\RequirePackage{caption}[2020/08/23] % needs v3.5 or newer % \end{macrocode} % % \bigskip @@ -897,6 +894,30 @@ % \end{macro} % % \pagebreak[3] +% \subsection{Compatibility check} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@CheckCompatibility} +% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2020/08/01}{Error text adapted to \package{caption} package~\version{4.0}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\bicaption@CheckCompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% + \bicaption@Error + {This package does not work with\MessageBreak + caption option `compatibility=v1'}% + \endinput}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\bicaption@CheckCompatibility +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \bicaption@CheckCompatibility + \let\bicaption@CheckCompatibility\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] % \subsection{Declaration of options} % % The option |bi-lang| will setup which language(s) will actually be typeset, @@ -1259,7 +1280,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{% - \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil + \caption@getlabel{#2}% \bicaption@ifswap {\bicaption@setup{#1}{#2}% \bicaption@cmd[{#3}]{#4}}% @@ -1293,7 +1314,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\LT@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{% \gdef\bicaption@LTsetup{% - \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil + \caption@getlabel{#2}% \bicaption@LT@setup}% \gdef\bicaption@LT@setup{% \bicaption@ifswap diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e36d586fb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-ams-smf.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2007-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{21} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-ams-smf.drv}[2020/07/31 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-ams-smf package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-ams-smf.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-ams-smf.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-ams-smf.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \AmS\ and \SmF\ document classes\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the AMS and SMF document classes}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \AmS\ and \SmF\ document classes. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-ams-smf.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the AMS and SMF document classes (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Margin resp. width} +% +% The \AmS\ document classes use |\caption|\-|indent| as fixed margin, usually set to |3pc|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault*{margin}{\the\captionindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label separator} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' fonts map to |\@caption|\-|font| resp.~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| +% which are usually set to |\sc|\-|shape| resp.~|\normalfont|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{ams@font}{\@captionfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{ams@labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{ams@textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{ams@font} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{ams@labelfont} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{ams@textfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% The \AmS\ document classes uses |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| and |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| +% different than the standard document classes and the \package{caption} package: +% They typeset |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| before the `figure' caption and +% |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| after all other captions. Both are preset to |12pt|. +% +% For this reason we have to set the |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| to |0pt| if the \package{caption} +% package is used, so no extra vertical space will be created. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtCaptionPackage{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Positioning} +% +% The default caption position in all floating environments except `figure' is `top'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{position=t,figureposition=b} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57993b5c49e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-beamer.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2007-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{104} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-beamer.drv}[2018/05/13 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-beamer package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-beamer.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-beamer.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-beamer.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \class{beamer} document class\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the beamer document class}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \class{beamer} document class. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user +% documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{\class{beamer} class support added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{\class{beamer} class support revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/27}{The \class{beamer} template \texttt{caption label separator} will be used now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} added to \class{beamer} class support} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/04/15}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} revised} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Definition of \class{beamer} default label font revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\class{beamer} class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-beamer.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the beamer document classes (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Helper macros} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate} +% |\caption@ifbeamertemplate|\marg{caption template name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% tests if the given beamer caption template was selected by the user (or not). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}% + \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Single-line-check} +% +% The `default' single-line-check maps to the beamer template setting `caption name own line'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck{default}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}% + \@secondoftwo % \@secondoftwo -> singlelinecheck=off + \@firstoftwo} % \@firstoftwo -> singlelinecheck=on +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.12b}{2020/07/20}{Special adaption to \class{beamer} added} +% The patch of \cs{footnote} provided by the \package{caption3} package assumes +% that the optional arguments of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} match. +% Since this is not the case in \class{beamer} based documents, +% and since \class{beamer} extents the syntax of \cs{footnote} in a special way, +% we need a special patch here.\par +% \emph{Note:} For this patch we assume that \cs{footnote} will always end with the usage of +% \cs{beamer@footnotetext}. (Unfortunately \cs{footnote} is defined too monolithic +% in \class{beamer} to offer a less dirty patch.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \def\footnote{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \renewcommand<>\beamer@framefootnotetext[1]{% + \endgroup}% + \let\@footnotetext\beamer@framefootnotetext + \caption@footnote@ORI}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Label formats} +% +% The `default' caption label format maps to either `simple' (if the `numbered' beamer template is set) or `unnumbered' (otherwise). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + \caption@labelformat@simple + \caption@labelformat@unnumbered + {#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{magyar} babel package redefines the current label format to a one called |simple|\-|Magyar|, +% defined within |\@@magyar@caption|\-|fix| which will be executed |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simpleMagyar}%|\\ +% | {#2.\bothIfSecond{\nobreakspace}{#1}}| +% \end{quote} +% When used with beamer, we need to patch it so no numbering will be used if the `numbered` template isn't selected. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simpleMagyar}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + {#2.\bothIfSecond{\nobreakspace}{#1}}% + {\caption@labelformat@unnumbered{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\@@magyar@captionfix} +% Prevent \package{magyar} from defining this caption label format on its own. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@@magyar@captionfix\relax +\AtBeginDocument{\let\@@magyar@captionfix\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Label separator} +% +% The `default' caption label separator maps to the beamer templates +% `caption name own line' and `caption label separator'. +% +% If the beamer template `caption name own line' is set, this code equals to +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{default}{\\}| +% \end{quote} +% otherwise this code equals to +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}%|\\ +% | {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator**{default}% + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}}% + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}% + {\\}% + {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' caption font maps to the beamer settings for `caption' resp. `caption name'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{beamer@font}{% + \usebeamerfont*{caption}% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{beamer@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{beamer@labelfont}{% + \setbeamercolor*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" color additionally + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% + \setbeamerfont*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" font additionally + \usebeamerfont{caption name}} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{beamer@labelfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{beamer@textfont}{} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{beamer@textfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Justification} +% +% The `default' caption justification is `raggedright'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Lists} +% +% Since the beamer class do not offer a `List of figures' we switch it off. +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{list=off} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Adaption of figure and table environment} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtCaptionPackage{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \changes{v1.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@beamer@figure + \csname\string\figure\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\figure}[#1]{% + \caption@beamer@figure[#1]% use original beamer code first + \caption@settype{figure}} % set "type=figure" afterwards +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \changes{v1.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2019/10/18}{Bug fixed which was introduced in previous revision} +% We redefine |figure| \& |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@beamer@table + \csname\string\table\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\table}[#1]{% + \caption@beamer@table[#1]% use original beamer code first + \caption@settype{table}} % set "type=table" afterwards +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex index 6a58b3ca9a8..7d84184285d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % % This is file `caption-deu.tex'. % -% Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) % % -------------------------------------------------------------------------- % @@ -17,14 +17,21 @@ % % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % -% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, -% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 Das caption-Paket] +\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2020/08/22 v3.4 Das caption-Paket] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 @@ -194,9 +201,12 @@ \GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex} \let\docdate\filedate +\let\docdate\filedate +\let\docversion\fileversion \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} -\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen} +\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen\texorpdfstring{% + \thanks{Dieses Paket hat Versionsnummer \docversion.}}{}} \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} \date{\docdate} @@ -223,11 +233,49 @@ kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend. \newcommand\exampletext{% Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen - der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Str"omung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\ + der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Strömung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\ (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)} % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +\section*{Status dieses Dokumentes} + +Diese Dokumentation ist veraltet. + +Sie dokumentiert die in Version \version{3.1} des \package{caption}"=Paketes +verfügbaren Optionen und Befehle, jedoch nicht, was in folgenden Versionen +hinzugefügt wurde. Warum? +\begin{itemize} +\item + Ich war nicht glücklich mit der Struktur der Dokumentation und wollte sie daher + neu schreiben. Warum also eine aufgegebene Version der Dokumentation pflegen? + (Leider hatte ich aber nie die Zeit gefunden, die neue Version zu schreiben.) +\item + Da meine Freizeit seit dem Release der Version \version{3.1} nur spärlich + vorhanden war, wollte ich die Veröffentlichung von Verbesserungen und + Erweiterungen nicht aufgrund fehlender Dokumentation um Monate verzögern. +\item + Da ich früher Fehlerkorrekturen nur in der aktuellen Entwicklungsversion + vorgenommen hatte, wollte ich die Veröffentlichung von Korrekturen nicht + aufgrund fehlender Dokumentation um Monate verzögern. + (Seit 2015 werden Fehler in der Regel auch für die letzte Release"=Version + behoben und auf CTAN veröffentlicht.) +\end{itemize} + +Wie geht es nun weiter? +\begin{itemize} +\item + Ich werde in den nächsten Wochen starten, die Dokumentation (endlich) zu aktualisieren. +\item + Bis die überarbeitete Version fertig und auf CTAN zu finden ist, + kann jederzeit der aktuelle Zwischenstand über + \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/blob/master/doc/caption-eng.pdf} + bezogen werden. (Zunächst wird die englischsprachige Dokumentation überarbeitet, + und erst anschließend die deutschsprachige.) +\end{itemize} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + \section*{Einleitung} Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7f0922c145 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-elsarticle.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2013-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-elsarticle.drv}[2018/05/24 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-elsarticle package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-elsarticle.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-elsarticle.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-elsarticle.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \class{elsarticle} document class\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the elsarticle document class}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \package{elsarticle} document class. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user +% documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/06}{\class{elsarticle} class support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\class{elsarticle} class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-elsarticle.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the elsarticle document class (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' caption size is |\footnotesize|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{footnotesize} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex index ef9fd389231..8a10baffd00 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % % This is file `caption-eng.tex'. % -% Copyright (C) 1994-2012 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) % % -------------------------------------------------------------------------- % @@ -17,14 +17,21 @@ % % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % -% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, -% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, -% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, -% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2011/11/02 v3.2 The caption package] +\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2020/08/30 v3.5 The caption package] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 @@ -187,9 +194,11 @@ \GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex} \let\docdate\filedate +\let\docversion\fileversion \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} -\title{Customizing captions of floating environments} +\title{Customizing captions of floating environments\texorpdfstring{% + \thanks{This package has version number \docversion.}}{}} \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} \date{\docdate} @@ -206,7 +215,7 @@ many other packages. commands for customizing captions. If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for you to use the \package{caption} package at all. -And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of +And if you are only interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. \end{abstract} @@ -218,6 +227,41 @@ the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +\section*{State of this document} + +This documentation is outdated. + +It documents the options and commands available in version \version{3.1} of the +\package{caption} package, but many things added later on is missing here. Why? +\begin{itemize} +\item + I wasn't happy with the structure of the documentation, so I decided to write a new one. + So why updating the abandoned documentation? + (Unfortunately I never found the time to actually write the new one.) +\item + Since my spare time was extremly limited since version \version{3.1} I didn't + wanted to hold improvements and enhancements back for months because of missing + documentation. +\item + Since I used to fix bugs in the most recent development version only, + I didn't wanted to hold bugfixes back for months because of missing + documentation of features. + (But since 2015 bugs will usually get fixed for the latest release version as well, + and released to CTAN as bug-fixed version afterwards.) +\end{itemize} + +What now? +\begin{itemize} +\item + I will start revising this documentation in the next weeks, finally bringing it up-to-date. +\item + Until the revised documentation is ready the most recent version could be found at + \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/blob/master/doc/caption-eng.pdf} + since I will not upload every improvement of the documentation to CTAN immediately. +\end{itemize} + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + \section*{Introduction} Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the @@ -613,18 +657,18 @@ You can choose one of the following: Three examples: \begin{Example} \begin{quote} - |format=plain,justification=centerlast| + |format=hang,justification=raggedright| \end{quote} \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} + \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} \end{Example} \begin{Example} \begin{quote} - |format=hang,justification=raggedright| + |format=hang,justification=centerlast| \end{quote} \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext} + \example{format=hang,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext} \end{Example} \begin{Example} @@ -761,10 +805,10 @@ Three examples: \begin{Example} \begin{quote} - |labelfont=bf,textfont=it| + |labelfont=sc,textfont=it| \end{quote} \captionsetup{skip=0pt} - \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext} + \example{labelfont=sc,textfont=it}{\exampletext} \end{Example} \begin{Example} @@ -2157,7 +2201,7 @@ This will be achieved by a combination of % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % \clearpage -\section{Document classes \& Babel support} +\section{Supported document classes} \label{classes} %\NEWdescription{v3.1} @@ -2369,51 +2413,31 @@ the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|. Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage. -\subsection{frenchb babel option} -\label{frenchb} +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package +\clearpage +\section{Supported babel package options} +\label{babel} + +\NEWfeature{v3.5} +Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support +is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{babel}. + +\subsection{french babel option} +\label{french} + +If you use the \package{french} option of the \package{babel} package with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them) the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -(offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the +(offered by \package{french}), overriding the default value set by the document class. So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. -\INFO* -Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package. - -\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} -\label{frenchpro} - -If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, -the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| -(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default -value set by the document class. -So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you -don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. - -Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, -since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the -\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. -%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or -%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. -Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the -\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, -so you should not change it (anymore). - -The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will -still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| -than the default one. - -\INFO* -Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle} -or \package{frenchpro} package. - % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % \clearpage -\section{Package support} +\section{Supported packages} \label{packages} \label{compatibility} @@ -2680,6 +2704,35 @@ These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for |figure| or |table|. \pagebreak[3] +\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages} +\label{frenchpro} + +If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package, +the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| +(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default +value set by the document class. +So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you +don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one. + +Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|, +since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the +\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package. +%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or +%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost. +Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the +\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose, +so you should not change it (anymore). + +The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will +still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=| +than the default one. + +\NEWfeature{v3.5} +Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support +is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{frenchle} +resp~.\package{frenchpro}. + +\pagebreak[3] \subsection{hyperref} \label{hyperref} \packagedescription{% @@ -3811,7 +3864,7 @@ While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS, \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class as well. -Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option, +Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{french} Babel option, the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages, and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}, @@ -4072,6 +4125,152 @@ to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % \clearpage +\section{Commands for document class authors} + +A document class could simply load the \package{caption} package instead +of defining an own variant of |\@make|\-|caption|. However if the author decides +not to do this -- for whatever reason -- there is a second option: + +\NEWfeature{v3.5} +If a document class defines |\caption@document|\-|class|, an adaption to the +\package{caption} package will be loaded as |caption-|\meta{documentclass}|.sto| +if the \package{caption} kernel is loaded. +The goal of this adaption file is changing the default settings of the +\package{caption} package so simply loading it (without any package options) +will not make any harm to the look at feel of the captions. +This gives end-users the opportunity to fine-tune certain aspects of the +appearance of captions by adding package options, without unwanted +side-effects on other aspects of the appearance. + +In both cases the command |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default| +could be used to adapt the \package{caption} package default values: + +\DescribeMacro{\SetCaptionDefault} +The command +\begin{quote}|\SetCaptionDefault*|\marg{option}\marg{default value}\end{quote} +changes the default value for the option \meta{option}, for example: +\begin{quote} +|\SetCaptionDefault{format}{hang}|\\ +|\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{raggedright}|\\ +|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{silly}{ +++ }|\\ +|\SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{silly}| +\end{quote} +This command is available for the options +|box|, +|font|, +|format|, +|justification|, +|label|\-|font|, +|label|\-|format|, +|label|\-|separator|, +|list|\-|format|, +|margin|, +|parbox|, +|position|, +|single|\-|line|\-|check|, +|text|\-|font|, +|text|\-|format|, and +|width|. + +The starred variant only makes a difference when setting the default length +of either |margin| or |width|, in this case it will use |\def| internally +instead of |\edef| to store the value so the actual margin will be calculated +when used (and not when set). + +\DescribeMacro{\AtCaptionPackage} +The adaption file will be loaded when the \package{caption} kernel |caption3.sty| +will be loaded so the given adaptions will be done for the \package{floatrow} +and \package{subfig} packages even if the \package{caption} package isn't loaded. + +But some adaptions have to be done for the \package{caption} package, +and for this reason the hook +\begin{quote}|\At|\-|Caption|\-|Package|\marg{code}\end{quote} +is offered to authors of adaption files. +The \meta{code} inside the hook will be executed right before the given package +options will be evaluated. + +For example the adaption file for the \KOMAScript\ document classes +uses |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Caption| to re-define the \package{caption} package +options |figure|\-|position| and |table|\-|position| to issue a warning +that using these options has little effect here. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage +\section{Commands for babel language package authors} + +\NEWfeature{v3.5} +\DescribeMacro{\caption@switchdefault} +If the \package{caption3} kernel package is loaded, the command +\begin{quote}|\caption@switchdefault|\marg{option}\marg{code with \#1}\marg{new value}\end{quote} +is available which saves the old default value of the given option using +\meta{code} and sets the new default value afterwards. + +\DescribeMacro{\caption@restoredefault} +The command +\begin{quote}|\caption@restoredefault|\marg{option}\marg{old value}\end{quote} +restores the old default value which was stored in \meta{old value} before. + +Example: +\begin{quote} + |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{|\ldots|}|\\ + |\addto\extrasfrench{%|\\ + | \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{french}}|\\ + |% Note: \caption@restoredefault isn't needed here| +\end{quote} + +Another example: +\begin{quote} + |\caption@switchdefault{font}{\let\original@captionfont#1}{it}%|\\ + \ldots\\ + |\caption@restoredefault{font}{\original@captionfont}%|\\ +\end{quote} + +Since boths commands are defined with |\def| inside the \package{caption3} +kernel, they could be pre-defined with +\begin{quote} + |\providecommand\caption@switchdefault[3]{}|\\ + |\providecommand\caption@restoredefault[2]{}| +\end{quote} +inside the babel language package so their existence doesn't need to be tested +prior use. + +Additionally babel language packages should not re-define |\@make|\-|caption| +if the \package{caption} package is loaded, i.e.~if |\caption@makecaption| is +defined. (Unfortunately one cannot use the \LaTeX{} kernel command +|\@if|\-|package|\-|loaded{caption}| here since it's only available in the +document preamble.) + +Please note that code like +\begin{quote} + |\addto\extraswhatever{%|\\ + | \@ifundefined{caption@makecaption}{%|\\ + | \babel@save\@makecaption|\\ + | \let\@makecaption\my@makecaption|\\ + | }{%|\\ + | \caption@switchdefault{|\ldots|}{\babel@save #1}{|\ldots|}%|\\ + | }}| +\end{quote} +would be wrong since it mixes up the presence of the \package{caption3} kernel +and the \package{caption} package. +If the \package{caption3} kernel is loaded this does not mean that the +\package{caption} package is loaded, too, and the latter one re-defines +|\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@make|\-|caption| while the \package{caption3} +kernel does not re-define any of them, instead it only provides (default) values +for the \package{caption}, \package{floatrow}, and \package{subfig} package. + +Currently there is build-in support for the following babel language options: +|arabic|, |farsi|, |french|, |hungarian|, |latvian|, and |magyar|. +This support could be deactivated by defining +\begin{quote} + |\def\caption@ifbabel@|\meta{package}|{false}| +\end{quote} +where \meta{package} is either |arabi|, |french|, |frenchle|, |hungarian|, +or |latvian|. + +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % + +\clearpage \begin{thebibliography}{99} \bibitem{TLC2} @@ -4230,3 +4429,4 @@ to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore. % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % \end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1cd5f856716 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-koma.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2004-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{273} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-koma.drv}[2018/05/24 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-koma package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-koma.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-koma.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-koma.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \KOMAScript\ document classes\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the KOMA-Script document classes}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \KOMAScript\ document classes. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\KOMAScript\ class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-koma.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the KOMA-Script document classes (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Margin resp. width} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} +% \changes{v1.9}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Patch |\setcapwidth| so it will set the \package{caption3} width setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@koma@setcapwidth + \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname +\@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% + \caption@koma@setcapwidth[{#1}]{#2}% + \caption@setcapwidth@opt{#1}% + \caption@setcapwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), +% so we issue a warning if used. +% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used +% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth@opt[1]{} +\AtCaptionPackage{\renewcommand*\caption@setcapwidth@opt[1]{% + \ifx\\#1\\\else + \caption@ifdefined\cap@margin{% + \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% + \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% + Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% + \fi}{}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth{% + \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% +\ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else + \caption@setcapwidth +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \emph{TODO:} |\setcapdynwidth| +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} +% Patch |\setcapmargin| so it will set the \package{caption3} margin setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@koma@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname +\@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@koma@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}% + \caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@koma@@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname +\@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@koma@@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}% + \caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% + \begingroup + \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax + \def\@twoside{0}% + \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% + \cap@margin + \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% + \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else + \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\captionsetup{% + twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% + margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% + \fi\fi + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\cap@margin\relax \else + \caption@setcapmargin +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} +% Patch |\setcapindent| so it will set the \package{caption3} indention setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@koma@setcapindent\@setcapindent +\renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@koma@setcapindent{#1}% + \caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@koma@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent +\renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@koma@@setcapindent{#1}% + \caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% + \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\cap@indent{\caption@setcapindent}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and +% |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here +% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A +% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} +% in \package{caption3}~\version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since +% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ +% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@koma@parindent\KV@caption@parindent +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@koma@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@koma@parskip\KV@caption@parskip +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@koma@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Single-line-check} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifonelinecaptions} +% \changes{v1.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% Patch |\onelinecaptionstrue| and |onelinecaptionsfalse| so they will set the corresponding \package{caption3} setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\caption@setsinglelinecheck{true}}% +\g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\caption@setsinglelinecheck{false}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifonelinecaptions + \onelinecaptionstrue +\else + \onelinecaptionsfalse +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Format} +% +% The `default' caption format was taken from \KOMAScript\ \cs{@makecaption} and adapted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \ifdofullc@p + \caption@useformat{hang}{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + #1#2% + \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ + \par + \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% + \else\if@capbreak + \par + \fi\fi + #3\par + \fi} +% +% \section{Label format} +% +% The `default' caption label format maps to `autodot'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelformat}{autodot} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label separator} +% +% The `default' caption label separator maps to \cs{captionformat}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' fonts map to \cs{scr@fnt@caption} resp. \cs{scr@fnt@captonlabel}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scr@font}{\scr@fnt@caption} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scr@labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{scr@font} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{scr@labelfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Positioning} +% +% Here we patch the caption related \KOMAScript\ commands to set \package{caption} package settings as well. +% Furthermore we take over the caption related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@captionabove} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{1.0m}, fixed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} for \env{longtable} added} +% \changes{v1.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \changes{v1.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2019/09/11}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will now set the position anyway since it could be used by other packages} +% Patch |\@captionabovetrue| and |\@captionabovefalse| so they will set the \package{caption3} position setting, too. +% Note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we override the options +% \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\caption@setposition{t}}% +\g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\caption@setposition{b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@captionabove + \@captionabovetrue +\else + \@captionabovefalse +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginCaption{\caption@AtBeginLongtable{% + \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% + \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@tablecaptionabove} +% \changes{v1.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% Patch |\@tablecaptionabovetrue| and |\@tablecaptionabovefalse| so they will set the \package{caption3} position setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}}% +\g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\if@tablecaptionabove + \@tablecaptionabovetrue +\else + \@tablecaptionabovefalse +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@figurecaptionabove} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/02/15}{Support of \cs{if@figurecaptionabove} added} +% Patch |\@figurecaptionabovetrue| and |\@figurecaptionabovefalse| so they will set the \package{caption3} position setting, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\@figurecaptionabovetrue{% + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=t}}% + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@figurecaptionabove + \@figurecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@figurecaptionabovefalse + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Since the \KOMAScript\ position setting overwrites the one from the \package{caption} package, +% we re-define the options |figure|\-|position| and |table|\-|position| to issue a warning. +% \Note{But we set the value anyway since it will be used by sub-captions.} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtCaptionPackage{% + \let\caption@koma@figureposition\KV@caption@figureposition + \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA-Script document class}% + \caption@koma@figureposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@koma@tableposition\KV@caption@tableposition + \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA-Script document class}% + \caption@koma@tableposition{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Adaption of \cs{caption} command} +% +% \begin{macro}{\scr@caption} +% \KOMAScript\ contains the code +% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| +% so we need to update |\scr@caption| after the \package{caption} package has re-defined |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b9b9071121 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-light.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{84} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-light.drv}[2020/08/24 v1.0 Customizing captions (AR)] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]} +\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]} +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} + \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper + \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\} + \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage} + \fi +\fi +% +\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} +% +\PassOptionsToPackage{breaklinks=true}{hyperref} +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, subcaption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage{caption-light}[2020/08/23] % needs v1.0 or newer +% +\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +\let\package\puresf +\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} +% +\usepackage{marvosym} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} +\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} +\makeatother +% +\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}} +\newcommand*\NEW[2]{\MARGINSYM{\vskip2pt\footnotesize#1\\#2}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-light.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname +% \let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption-light} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption-light} package} +% +% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} +% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} +% +% \makeatletter +% \def\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}} +% \def\@Ref#1#2{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}} +% \makeatother +% \def\See#1{\nopagebreak{\small (See #1)}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-light.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-light.sty} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The caption-light package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ offers (limited) customization of captions +% in floating environments such |figure| and |table|. +% \par\smallskip +% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and +% commands for customizing captions. +% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for +% you to use the \package{caption} package at all. +% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading +% of the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \iffalse\clearpage\fi +% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2} +% \tableofcontents +% +% \clearpage +% \section{Loading the package} +% +% Load this package using +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption-light}| +% \end{quote} +% or +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{caption-light}|\\ +% \ldots\\ +% |\captionsetup|\marg{options} +% \end{quote} +% As opposite to the \package{caption} package only a limited set of options is +% supported by \thispackage: +% |aboveskip=|\ldots, +% |belowskip=|\ldots, +% |font=|\ldots, +% |justification=|\ldots, +% |labelfont=|\ldots, +% |labelseparator=|\ldots, +% |position=|\ldots, +% |singlelinecheck=|\ldots, +% |skip=|\ldots, and +% |textfont=|\ldots +% +% See \package{caption} package documentation for the meaning and usage of +% these options. +% +% \section{Commands} +% +% This package offers |\caption|\-|setup|, |\set|\-|caption|\-|type|, and +% |\caption|\-|of| as well. +% +% \section{Why this package?} +% +% This package offers some advantages over the \package{caption} package: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item It does not depend on correct |\hsize| for "long" captions, +% just like the original definition included in |article|, |report|, and |book|. +% \item If the caption is typeset as "short" (centered), the content of +% the caption is evaluated only once, +% just like the original definition included in |article|, |report|, and |book|. +% \item It does not re-define |\caption| and floating environments, +% therefore avoiding incompatibilities. +% \item It does not patch any other packages, therefore avoiding +% incompatibilities. +% \end{itemize} +% +% In short it's a more compatible and less troublesome variant of the +% \package{caption} package, but (much) less powerful. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \StopEventually{%^^A +% } +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \changes{v1.0}{2020/08/24}{First version} +% +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \section{The implementation} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption-light}[2020/08/24 v1.0 Customizing captions (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/08/23] % needs v2.0 or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against unknown document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the caption-light package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Processing of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@SetupOptions{caption-light}{\caption@setkeys{caption}{#2}} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption-light} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{\cs{@makecaption}} +% +% If the \package{caption} package is loaded, we abort processing this file. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\caption@makecaption + {\caption@Info{\noexpand\caption@makecaption is already defined}% + \endinput}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\\ +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of selected settings +% offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@iftop\caption@belowskip\caption@aboveskip + \caption@labelseparator % defines \caption@iflabelfont and \caption@labelsep + \caption@singlelinecheck + {\sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@makecaption{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize}% + {\iftrue}% + \caption@@makecaption{#1}{#2}\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \caption@iftop\caption@aboveskip\caption@belowskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@makecaption[2]{% + \caption@applyfont + {\captionlabelfont #1}% + {\caption@iflabelfont\captionlabelfont + \relax\caption@labelsep}% + {\captiontextfont #2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% Patch |\@makecaption|, so our definition will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{setcaptiontype}} +% +% We offer the options |type=| and |type*=|, too: +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} +% |\setcaptiontype*|\marg{type}\\ +% For compatibility reasons we offer a starred variant as well, +% but it does not differ from the non-starred variant here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptiontype{% + \caption@teststar{\def\@captype}{}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% |\captionof*|\marg{type}\oarg{list-entry}\marg{text}\\ +% For compatibility reasons we offer a starred variant as well. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1233515b1c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-memoir.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2011-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{7} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.drv}[2018/05/24 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-memoir package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-memoir.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-memoir.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-memoir.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \class{memoir} document class\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the memoir document class}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \class{memoir} document class. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{\class{memoir} class support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\class{memoir} class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.sto}[2020/07/31 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the memoir document class (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Adaptions already included in the caption package} +% +% The following adaptions to the \class{memoir} document class are already included in the \package{caption} package: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \cs{@caption} expands \cs{memcaptioninfo} +% \item \cs{caption@prepareanchor} expands \cs{M@gettitle} +% \item \cs{caption@refstepcounter} expands \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} +% \item Since the \class{memoir} document class resets the sub-caption +% counter at |\@float|, right after |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false|, +% all sub-caption counters will be saved at |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false| +% so they can (and will) be restored using |\caption@|\-|restore|\-|counters| +% at |\continued|\-|float|. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \section{Single-line-check} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% We re-define \cs{pagenote} here so it won't disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61c6ed8116c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-ntg.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2007-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{8} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-ntg.drv}[2020/08/01 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-ntg package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-ntg.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-ntg.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-ntg.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \NTG\ document classes\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the NTG document classes}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the \NTG\ document classes. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{\NTG\ class support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{\NTG\ class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-ntg.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the NTG document classes (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' fonts map to \cs{CaptionLabelFont} resp. \cs{CaptionTextFont}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{ntg@labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{ntg@textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{ntg@labelfont} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{ntg@textfont} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a26ea7b31a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption-thesis.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 2008-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{9} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-thesis.drv}[2020/08/01 v2.0 Implementation of the caption-thesis package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption-thesis.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption-thesis.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption-thesis.sto} +% +% \title{\texorpdfstring +% {The adaption of the \package{caption} package to the \class{thesis} document class\thanks{%^^A +% This adaption has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {The adaption of the caption package to the thesis document class}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% This package adapts the \package{caption} package to the thesis document class. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The caption package bundle documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \iffalse +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{thesis class support adapted to \package{caption3}~\version{2.0}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption-thesis.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the thesis document class (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Format} +% +% The `default' format maps to `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{format}{hang} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% The `default' fonts map to \cs{cph@font} resp. \cs{cpb@font}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{cph@font}{\cph@font} +\DeclareCaptionFont{cpb@font}{\cpb@font} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{cph@font} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{cpb@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx index e75d4bd4311..0a029f8d387 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx @@ -19,21 +19,25 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{3022} +% \CheckSum{2715} % % \iffalse %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2015/09/16 v3.4 Implementation of the caption package] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2015/09/16 v3.5 Implementation of the caption package] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 % @@ -62,14 +66,6 @@ \DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% {e-TeX}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring - {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% - {AMS}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring - {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% - {KOMA-Script}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} % \begin{document} \DocInput{caption.dtx} @@ -92,15 +88,18 @@ % % \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1} % +% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion % \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} % % \title{The Implementation of % \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A -% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A % {the caption package}} % \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ % \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} -% \date{\filedate} +% \date{\docdate} % \maketitle % % \begin{abstract} @@ -218,13 +217,13 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/05/30 v3.4k Customizing captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/08/30 v3.5 Customizing captions (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Loading the kernel} % % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/05/10] % needs v1.10 or newer +\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/08/23] % needs v2.0 or newer % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Check against unknown document classes} @@ -523,223 +522,23 @@ \captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} % \end{macrocode} % -% \section{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added} +% \section{Document class support} % +% Execute the code declared with |\AtCaptionPackage|. +% We do this right before processing the options so stuff done with +% |\At|\-|Caption|\-|Package| could be overwritten by user options. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{ams}{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{\KOMAScript{} document classes support} -% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} -% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} -% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} -% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{koma}{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption -% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. -% -% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue} -% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse} -% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} -% \begin{macrocode} - \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}} - \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@tablecaptionabove - \@tablecaptionabovetrue - \else - \@tablecaptionabovefalse - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovetrue} -% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovefalse} -% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/15}{Support of \cs{@figurecaptionabovetrue} added} -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifdefined\@figurecaptionabovetrue{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=t}} - \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=b}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@figurecaptionabove - \@figurecaptionabovetrue - \else - \@figurecaptionabovefalse - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - }{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} -% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} -% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} -% \begin{macrocode} - \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo} - \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifonelinecaptions - \onelinecaptionstrue - \else - \onelinecaptionsfalse - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue} -% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse} -% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: -% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} -% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now -% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} -% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} -% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} -% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/11}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will now set the position anyway since it could be used by other packages} -% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we -% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. -% \begin{macrocode} - \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo} - \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% - \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak - when used with a KOMA script document class}% - \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} - \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% - \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak - when used with a KOMA script document class}% - \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent - \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% - \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent - \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% - \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% - \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifdefined\cap@indent{\caption@setcapindent}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} -% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} -% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), -% so we issue a warning if used. -% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used -% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)} -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth - \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname - \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% - \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{% - \ifx\\#1\\\else - \caption@ifdefined\cap@margin{% - \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% - \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% - Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% - \fi}{}% - \fi - \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% - \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else - \caption@setcapwidth{?} - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin - \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname - \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% - \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin - \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname - \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% - \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% - \begingroup - \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax - \def\@twoside{0}% - \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% - \cap@margin - \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% - \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else - \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% - \edef\@tempa{\endgroup - \noexpand\captionsetup{% - twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% - margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% - \fi\fi - \@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else - \caption@setcapmargin - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -}{} +\caption@documentclass@code +\let\caption@documentclass@code\@undefined +\let\AtCaptionPackage\@firstofone % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Processing of options} % % \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} -% % \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% % \begin{macrocode} \caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}} \caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} @@ -884,9 +683,8 @@ \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% \caption@end} % \end{macrocode} -% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff: +% \class{memoir} document class stuff: % \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} \providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -900,6 +698,10 @@ \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start\relax \M@gettitle{#2}} % \end{macrocode} +% \class{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} @@ -938,25 +740,13 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip} -% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip} -% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} -% |\caption@aboveskip|\\ -% |\caption@belowskip|\par -% Typesets the skip above resp.~below the caption. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{% - \vskip\abovecaptionskip} -% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{% - \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} -% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} % Prior to \version{3.4} we only redefined |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions % were well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} package \version{1.x}) days % (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not redefined by us) still compiled fine. @@ -964,8 +754,8 @@ % but is simply overcautious and especially unwanted by the user nowadays. % So starting with \version{3.4} we only do not redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the % `compatibility' option is set to `v1'. +% % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} \g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -979,13 +769,13 @@ \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% % \end{macrocode} % -% |\continuedfloat| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% |\continuedfloat| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'. % \begin{macrocode} \renewcommand*\caption@continuedfloat[1]{% - \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}% + \caption@Error{Not available with option `compatibility=v1'}}% % \end{macrocode} % -% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% \let\caption@start\relax @@ -1029,22 +819,50 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} % \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} -% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our -% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} -% anchor will be set etc. +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Hook added} +% We redefine |\@x|\-|float| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% - \caption@settype{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@xfloat@hook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Hook, could be extended with |\g@addto@macro\caption@x|\-|float@hook{|\ldots|}|. +% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@xfloat@hook{}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\@xdblfloat} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Re-definition of \cs{xdblfloat} added} +% We redefine |\@xdbl|\-|float|, too, so special options for |figure*| +% resp.~|table*| will be applied here. % \begin{macrocode} -} + \let\caption@ORI@xdblfloat\@xdblfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@xdblfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xdblfloat{#1}[#2]% expands to \@xfloat{#1}[#2] + extra stuff + \caption@setoptions{#1*}% + \caption@xdblfloat@hook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Hook, could be extended with |\g@addto@macro\caption@xdbl|\-|float@hook{|\ldots|}|. +% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@xdblfloat@hook{}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% % Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines % |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. % So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure @@ -1071,7 +889,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \section{\cs{captionof}} +% \section{\cs{setcaptiontype} and \cs{setcaptionsubtype}} % % \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} @@ -1101,9 +919,10 @@ % \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} % \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} % \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Check added if the subtype is defined} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/24}{Definition method adapted to the \package{caption-light} package} % Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if \cs{captionsetup} was redefined. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\setcaptiontype{% +\def\setcaptiontype{% \caption@boxrestore@mini \caption@settype} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1213,21 +1032,43 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@checktype} % \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} -% |\setcaptiontype| should not be used with a subtype, -% and |\setcaptionsubtype| should not be used with an undefined subtype. +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checktype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper type, i.e. it is a sub-type instead (either defined by +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType| or |\newsubfloat|\cite{subfig}). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@checktype[1]{% - \caption@ifsubtype{#1}% - {\caption@Error{Should not be used with subtype `#1'}% - \@gobble}% - \@firstofone} + \caption@ifsubtype{#1}\@firstoftwo{\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}}% + {\caption@Error{Should not be used with subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}% + \@firstofone} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubtype} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checksubtype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper sub-type, i.e. not defined by |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% Since the |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} +% is using |\caption|\-|setup{sub|\-|type}| even if the sub-type was defined by |\new|\-|sub|\-|float| +% offered by \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}, we take a more relaxed view of things here and allow +% those sub-types as well (but not without warning since we do not support this). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@checksubtype[1]{% \caption@ifsubtype{#1}% - \@firstofone - {\caption@Error{Undefined subtype `#1'}% - \@gobble}} + \@firstofone + {\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}% + {\caption@Warning{% + \noexpand\setcaptionsubtype without \string\DeclareCaptionSubType.\MessageBreak + This is not designed to work; you could try replacing\MessageBreak + the `subfig' package with `subcaption' to resolve\MessageBreak + this problem which occurred}% + \@firstofone}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1235,24 +1076,21 @@ % \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} % \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} % \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption@ifeTeX} now} +% \changes{v3.5}{2019/09/11}{Relies on \eTeX{} now} % Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done % inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will -% be issued. (needs \eTeX) -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifeTeX{% - \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% - \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% - \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% - \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax - \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% - \the\currentgrouplevel}% - \else - \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% - \fi - }{}}% -}{% - \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo -} +% be issued. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1314,6 +1152,7 @@ % \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} % \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} % \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/24}{Definition method adapted to the \package{caption-light} package} % |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ % |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par % \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so @@ -1324,7 +1163,7 @@ \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +\providecommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1364,6 +1203,7 @@ % \changes{v3.3}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to revised version of \cs{caption@withoptargs}} % \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore} % \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/28}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} % A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\captionbox{% @@ -1377,12 +1217,12 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]{% - \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@hj@default} + \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@innerpos@default} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\caption@iibox@#1#2#3#4{% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#4}% - \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@hj@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}} + \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@innerpos@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\caption@iiibox#1{% @@ -1399,28 +1239,28 @@ \caption@setposition t% #2{\caption#4{#5}}% \captionbox@hrule - \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + \csname caption@justification@#7\endcsname #8}% }{% \endgroup \parbox[b]{#6}{% #1\relax \caption@setposition b% - \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + \csname caption@justification@#7\endcsname #8% \captionbox@hrule #3{\caption#4{#5}}}% }} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\captionbox@hj@default{c} +\newcommand*\captionbox@innerpos@default{c} \newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand*\caption@hj@c{\centering} -\providecommand*\caption@hj@l{\raggedright} -\providecommand*\caption@hj@r{\raggedleft} -\providecommand*\caption@hj@s{} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@c{\centering} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@l{\raggedright} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@r{\raggedleft} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@s{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1576,7 +1416,7 @@ % (If |\caption@if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part, % therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.) % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@fixposition + \caption@fixposition % TODO: Make this independant on the "position" setting \caption@iftop\caption@setflag\caption@clrflag2% caption % \end{macrocode} % This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet, @@ -1718,22 +1558,21 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% -% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} -% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{% -% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/03}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} % |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ -% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format -% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set, -% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us. +% stores the original definition of |\fnum@|\meta{type} in |\caption@fnum@|\meta{type} +% and re-defines it according the caption label format set with |label|\-|format=|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% - \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}% - \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}% - \fi} + \@ifundefined{caption@fnum@#1}% + {\expandafter\let\csname caption@fnum@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname fnum@#1\endcsname + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}}% + {}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1795,16 +1634,11 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} -% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par -% Its code is equivalent to -% \begin{quote} -% |\caption@font{normal}%| -% \end{quote} -% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font| -% does not use |\setkeys| internally). +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% - \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}} + \caption@font@normal\@unused} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1858,30 +1692,6 @@ % \section{Support for sub-captions} % \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType} -% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption} -% in sub-floats. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{% - \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}% - \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% - \caption@ifdefined\sf@counterlist{% - \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{% - \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} % \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} % \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} @@ -1895,6 +1705,7 @@ % \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{Missing redefinition of \cs{captionlistentry} added} % \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} % \changes{v3.4f}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of \cs{@caption} added since it was redefined by the \env{threeparttable} environment} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} % Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par % (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep % the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.) @@ -1925,7 +1736,7 @@ \let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@setbox{none}% + \caption@set{box}{none}% \caption@clearmargin \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% \caption@setoptions{sub}% @@ -2094,181 +1905,117 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \section{Babel package support} % -% \section{Document class \& Babel package support} -% -% \subsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% \subsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{arabic} babel support addded} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifdefined\smf@makecaption{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption}{} +\caption@IfBabelArabi{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The beamer class} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added} +% The \package{arabicore} package re-defines |\@make|\-|caption|, |\fnum@figure|, and |\fnum@table| +% incompatible to the \package{caption} package, therefore we have to restore our resp.~the original definitions here. % % \begin{macrocode} -\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class}% + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}% + \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}% % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\figure} -% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} -% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} -% We redefine |figure| so our type-specific options will be used etc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@ORI@figure\figure - \def\figure{\caption@settype{figure}\caption@ORI@figure} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\table} -% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} -% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} -% \changes{v3.4a}{2019/10/18}{Bug fixed which was introduced in previous revision} -% We redefine |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@ORI@table\table - \def\table{\caption@settype{table}\caption@ORI@table} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} -% -% \KOMAScript\ contains the code -% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| -% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too. +% \subsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/01}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support updated} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifdefined\scr@caption{% - \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}}{} +\caption@IfFrenchLe{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The frenchb Babel option} -% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added} -% -% Suppress -% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been -% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.'' -% (but only if we emulate this customization) +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\caption|\-|separator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@make|\-|caption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. % \begin{macrocode} -\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb} + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \let\@eatDP\@undefined % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % -% \subsection{The frenchle/pro package} -% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added} -% +% Since the \package{frenchle} package overwrites |\@make|\-|caption| (within |\GO|\-|french|), +% we need to save it beforehand and restore it afterwards. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifdefined\frenchTeXmods{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{frenchle/pro package is loaded}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@original@makecaption\@makecaption}% + \g@addto@macro\GOfrench{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}% % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} - \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont - \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont - \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption -% \end{macrocode} - -% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding -% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. -% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifdefined\GOfrench - {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% - {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% - \caption@tempa{% +}{} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI - \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined - \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI - \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined - \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI - \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined -% \end{macrocode} +% \subsection{The hungarian \& magyar babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} babel support added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{magyar} babel support updated} % -% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} -% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects -% our definition of |\caption|. % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@cnORI\caption +\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} -% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at -% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. -% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work -% inside the |table| environment. +% Since the \package{magyar} package tends to overwrite |\@make|\-|caption| +% we save it beforehand and restore it afterwards. +% \Note{Currently it will not be overwritten, caused by a side-effect of a +% work-around for the \package{floatrow} package within \package{caption3}.} +% % \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption - \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@original@makecaption\@makecaption}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrashungarian{% + \addto\extrashungarian{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasmagyar{% + \addto\extrasmagyar{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}}{}% % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} -% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} -% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| -% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets -% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. -% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove -% this additional code here. % \begin{macrocode} - \let\@eatDP\@undefined - \let\caption@tempa\@empty - \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure - \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% - \fi - \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table - \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% - \fi - \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% - \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% - \caption@tempa +}{} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The latvian babel option} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{latvian} babel support updated} % % \begin{macrocode} - }% -}{}} +\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} -% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} -% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% The \package{latvian} package re-defines |\@make|\-|caption| incompatible to the \package{caption} package, +% therefore we have to restore our definitions here. % % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@tempa#1{% - \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% - \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% - % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf - \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption - \babel@save\@makecaption - \caption@redefine - \babel@save\@caption}% - }{}} + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@tempa{hungarian}% -\caption@tempa{magyar}% +}{} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Package support} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc. -% are not supported anymore, removed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc.~are not supported anymore, removed} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} -% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, -% so no extra check is needed} -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} -% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} % \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} % |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par % Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. @@ -2507,7 +2254,7 @@ \fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginCaption{\caption@test@adjustwidth} + \AtBeginCaption{\caption@test@adjustwidth}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -2633,7 +2380,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} % \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now} % \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised} -% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode). +% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode `v1'). % \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2673,8 +2420,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@float@setname[1]{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname - \csname fname@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname\csname fname@#1\endcsname \fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -3307,18 +3053,9 @@ % \changes{v3.4c}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists added} % \changes{v3.4d}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists revised} % To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine -% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\lst@Make|\-|Caption| so the original stuff is nested with % |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc.\par -% Unfortunately |\lst@MakeCaption| is sometimes used with |\linewidth| intact but sometimes with |\linewidth| adapted. -% So we either could write a bunch of very ugly code which is using internals of the \package{listings} package, or -% we could simply ignore this fact since |\hsize| will be left untouched by the \package{listings} package. -% (This is the reason why the caption is mis-aligned when using one of the options |linewidth=|, |xleftmargin=|, |yleftmargin=|, or |resetmargins=|, -% even if the \package{caption} package isn't used. This needs to be fixed within the \package{listings} package, for example by using -% |\lst@MakeCaption| inside a parbox of correct width.) -% -% The \package{listings} package calls |\lst@MakeCaption| sometimes with original |\linewidth|, sometimes with adapted |\linewidth|. -% So we need to detect if |\linewidth| is already adapted or not. -% We realize this by setting a flag inside the "Init" hook of the \package{listings} package (where the adaption takes place). +% We set a flag inside the "Init" hook of the \package{listings} package (where adaption of |\line|\-|width| etc.~takes place). % \begin{macrocode} \caption@setbool{lst@Init}{0}% \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\caption@setbool{lst@Init}{1}}% @@ -3332,28 +3069,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -%% \caption@Debug{% -%% linewidth=\lst@linewidth, -%% xleftmargin=\lst@xleftmargin,\MessageBreak -%% xrightmargin=\lst@xrightmargin, -%% resetmargins=\lst@ifresetmargins true\else false\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If |\linewidth| isn't adapted by the \package{listings} package yet, do the adaption now. -% \begin{macrocode} -%% \caption@iflst@Init{}{% -%% \linewidth\lst@linewidth\relax -%% \lst@ifresetmargins -%% \advance\linewidth\@totalleftmargin -%% \advance\linewidth\rightmargin -%% \@totalleftmargin\z@ -%% \fi -%% \advance\linewidth-\lst@xleftmargin -%% \advance\linewidth-\lst@xrightmargin -%% \advance\@totalleftmargin\lst@xleftmargin\relax}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Inside lists the \package{listings} package ignores the left margin (|\@totalleftmargin|) for captions. -% We emulate this behaviour by adding a negativ skip which will be typeset ahead of |\caption@box|.\par +% Inside lists the \package{listings} package ignores the left margin (|\@total|\-|left|\-|margin|) for captions. +% We emulate this behaviour by adding a negative skip which will be typeset ahead of |\caption@box|.\par % Note: We only need to do this if the ``Init'' hook of the \package{listings} package wasn't called yet. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@iflst@Init{}{% @@ -3432,6 +3149,15 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginLongtable} +% \changes{v3.5}{2018/04/15}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@LT@array{} +\newcommand\caption@AtBeginLongtable{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@LT@array} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} \caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -3442,85 +3168,81 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\LT@array} % \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} -% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added} % \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} % \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} % \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added} % \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed} -% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} -% working inside |longtable|s. +% \changes{v3.5}{2018/04/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@AtBeginLongtable} added} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} working inside |longtable|s. % \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well % and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, -% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, -% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} % \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument{% \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array \renewcommand*\LT@array{% + \caption@LT@array + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% % \end{macrocode} -% |\captionsetup| for longtable: % \begin{macrocode} - \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined - \def\captionsetup{% - \noalign\bgroup - \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * - \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}% - \def\LT@captionsetup##1{% - \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}% - \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% -% \end{macrocode} -% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class) + \caption@AtBeginLongtable{% +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: % \begin{macrocode} - \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% - \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup#1{\LT@captionsetup{#1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup#1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{#1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% % \end{macrocode} % |\captionlistentry| for longtable: % \begin{macrocode} - \def\captionlistentry{% - \noalign\bgroup - \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble * - {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}% + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}% % \end{macrocode} % |\continuedfloat| for longtable:\\ % {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} % \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} % \begin{macrocode} -% \caption@ifhypcap{% -% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent -% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% -% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent -% \caption@makestart{##1}% -%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel -% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref -% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% -%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel -% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% -% \let\caption@ORI@continuedfloat\continuedfloat -% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% -% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% -% \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble}% -% \def\caption@setoptions####1{% -% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% -% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}% -% \let\@captype\LTcaptype -% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% -% }{% -% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% -% \caption@Error{% -% \noexpand\continuedfloat inside longtables\MessageBreak -% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% -% }% -% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty - \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% - \caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}% +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@continuedfloat\continuedfloat +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions##1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{##1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\continuedfloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}% % \end{macrocode} % |\bicaption| for longtable: % \begin{macrocode} - \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption + \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption % \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% + }% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3543,10 +3265,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} -% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{% -% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} -% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{% -% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} % \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} % \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption@LT@setup} added} % \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added} @@ -3573,19 +3293,16 @@ \caption@LT@make{% \caption@LT@settype\LTcaptype % \end{macrocode} -% % |\caption@LT@setup| is re-defined inside the \package{bicaption} package % and contains the preparation of typesetting of the bilingual caption. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@LT@setup % \end{macrocode} -% % \iffalse % The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. % (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package % which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) % \fi -% % |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. % This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but % not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. @@ -3593,22 +3310,18 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% % \end{macrocode} -% % We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse % \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} \caption@prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}% % \end{macrocode} -% -% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@font@normal} added} % \begin{macrocode} \caption@begin\LTcaptype \caption@normalsize % \end{macrocode} -% % The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the % |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but % because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) @@ -3621,16 +3334,14 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \vskip-\ht\strutbox % \end{macrocode} -% -% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}: -% The |\belowcaptionskip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space), -% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded. -% (This fixes \issue{50}) +% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}: +% The |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space), +% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded. +% (This fixes \issue{50}) % \begin{macrocode} \caption@ifdefined\FBifcaptop{% \let\caption@belowskip\@empty}{}% % \end{macrocode} -% % The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use % |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3701,7 +3412,10 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macrocode} -}{} +}{% + \let\caption@AtBeginLongtable\@gobble + \let\caption@LT@array\@undefined +} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup} @@ -4068,7 +3782,7 @@ \def\caption@setSC@justify{% \caption@clearmargin \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else - \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\caption@justification\SC@justify \let\SC@justify\@empty \fi}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -4191,8 +3905,7 @@ % \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, % the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. % \begin{macrocode} - \def\caption@fixposition{% - \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% @@ -4258,8 +3971,7 @@ \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \def\caption@fixposition{% - \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% + \caption@set{position}{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \@initisotab @@ -4292,7 +4004,7 @@ \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{table}{\@captype}}% -%%% \caption@setposition a% ? +%%% \caption@setposition{auto}% ? \caption@clearmargin \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% @@ -4305,7 +4017,7 @@ \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{figure}{\@captype}}% -%%% \caption@setposition a% ? +%%% \caption@setposition{auto}% ? \caption@clearmargin \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% @@ -4430,24 +4142,6 @@ % % \clearpage % \begin{thebibliography}{99} -% \bibitem{beamer} -% Till Tantau:\\ -% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}% -% {\emph{The beamer class, User Guide for version 3.25}},\\ -% December 26, 2012 -% -% \bibitem{KOMAScript} -% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ -% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}% -% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ -% 2012-07-22 -% -% \bibitem{NTG} -% Victor Eijkhout:\\ -% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}% -% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ -% 3 September 1989 -% % \bibitem{float} % Anselm Lingnau:\\ % \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins index d6ea31962f1..188347ba15c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins @@ -25,30 +25,41 @@ This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. This work consists of the files - caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, - bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, + caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, + caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, + caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, + caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, the derived files - caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, - bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, + caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, + caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, + caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, + caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. \endpreamble \generate{\file{caption.sty}{\from{caption.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-light.sty}{\from{caption-light.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{caption2.sty}{\from{caption2.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{caption3.sty}{\from{caption3.dtx}{package}}} + +\generate{\file{caption-ams-smf.sto}{\from{caption-ams-smf.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-beamer.sto}{\from{caption-beamer.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-elsarticle.sto}{\from{caption-elsarticle.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-koma.sto}{\from{caption-koma.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-memoir.sto}{\from{caption-memoir.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-ntg.sto}{\from{caption-ntg.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{caption-thesis.sto}{\from{caption-thesis.dtx}{package}}} + \generate{\file{bicaption.sty}{\from{bicaption.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{ltcaption.sty}{\from{ltcaption.dtx}{package}}} \generate{\file{subcaption.sty}{\from{subcaption.dtx}{package}}} -\generate{\file{totalcount.sty}{\from{totalcount.dtx}{package}}} \Msg{***********************************************************} \Msg{*} \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the files} -\Msg{* `caption.sty', `caption2.sty', 'caption3.sty',} -\Msg{* `bicaption.sty', `ltcaption.sty', `subcaption.sty',} -\Msg{* and `totalcount.sty' into a directory searched by TeX.} +\Msg{* `*.sty' and `*.sto' into a directory searched by TeX.} \Msg{*} \Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file} \Msg{* `caption-eng.tex' (English version) or `caption-rus.tex'} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx index 2b6f3c73c2b..074dd7c6303 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx @@ -19,11 +19,15 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx index 8edc856461b..5f2823ac0b0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx @@ -19,21 +19,25 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{3606} +% \CheckSum{3636} % % \iffalse %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2020/05/30 v1.12 Implementation of the caption kernel] +\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2019/09/10 v2.0 Implementation of the caption kernel] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 % @@ -57,16 +61,11 @@ \ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi \hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} % -\usepackage{caption3}[2020/05/30] +\usepackage{caption3}[2020/07/27] % -\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring - {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% - {AMS}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring - {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% - {KOMA-Script}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} % \begin{document} \DocInput{caption3.dtx} @@ -74,28 +73,31 @@ %</driver> % \fi % +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} +% % \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} % \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} % \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} % \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf % \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett % -% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} -% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} -% % \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} % \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} % \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} % +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion % \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty} % % \title{The Implementation of % \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A -% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A % {the caption kernel}} % \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ % \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} -% \date{\filedate} +% \date{\docdate} % \maketitle % % \begin{abstract} @@ -174,8 +176,7 @@ % \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} % % \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: -% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} % % \iffalse % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % @@ -191,38 +192,17 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2020/07/20 v1.12b caption3 kernel (AR)] -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \section{Workaround for bug in package \package{arabtex}} -% \package{arabtex} re-defines \cs{@gobble} as not-long so the packages of the -% \package{caption} package bundle are doomed to fail. -% Since this fatal bug won't be fixed in \package{arabtex} but we are dependent on a -% proper definition of \cs{@gobble}, \cs{@firstofone}, \cs{@firstoftwo}, \cs{@secondoftwo}, -% and so on we fix this here. (Sigh!) -% \begin{macrocode} -\providecommand\caption@FixArabTeX{% - \def\caption@tempa##1{}% - \ifx\caption@tempa\@gobble - \PackageInfo{caption3}{Fixing ArabTeX}% - \long\def\@gobble##1{}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% Do the fix now and at |\begin{document}|, in case \package{arabtex} will be loaded after \package{caption}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@FixArabTeX -\AtBeginDocument{% - \caption@FixArabTeX - \let\caption@FixArabTeX\@undefined} +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2020/08/30 v2.0 caption3 kernel (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Generic helpers} % % \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} -% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. -% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after -% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined -% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% |\@nameundef|\marg{command name}\\ +% is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} @@ -231,34 +211,24 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} % \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/26}{Revised} -% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which -% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. -% This is the same but it works local, not global. -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup -\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax - \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: TeX} - \let\caption@ifeTeX\@secondoftwo - \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% - \begingroup - \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% - \xdef\caption@addto@temp{\the\toks@}% - \endgroup - \let#1\caption@addto@temp} -\else - \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: e-TeX} - \let\caption@ifeTeX\@firstoftwo - \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% - \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}} -\fi +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/11}{Relies on \eTeX{} now} +% |\l@addto@macro|\marg{command}\marg{code}\\ +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This one is the same but it works locally, not globally. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} % \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} -% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| -% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get -% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% |\bothIfFirst|\marg{code no. 1}\marg{code no. 2}\\ +% |\bothIfSecond|\marg{code no. 1}\marg{code no. 2}\\ +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. % \begin{macrocode} \def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% @@ -279,44 +249,53 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined} % \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable} -% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, -% but takes a macro as argument instead of a macro name. +% |\caption@ifundefined|\marg{command}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a command as argument instead of a command name. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{% - \ifx#1\@undefined - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else\ifx#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \ifdefined#1% + \ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi \else - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi\fi} + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdefined} % \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} -% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, -% but takes a macro as argument instead of a macro name. +% |\caption@ifdefined|\marg{command}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a command as argument instead of a command name. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifdefined[1]{% - \ifx#1\@undefined - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \else\ifx#1\relax - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \ifdefined#1% + \ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi \else - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo - \fi\fi} + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} -% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated -% list which is offered as second argument. So for example -% \begin{quote} -% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| -% \end{quote} -% would expand to |yes|. +% |\caption@ifinlist|\marg{element}\marg{list}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% This helper command checks if the \meta{element} is in the comma separated +% \meta{list}. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|.\par +% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well +% its syntax should not change.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} @@ -337,7 +316,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} -% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@ifinlist| but with a command (containing a list) +% instead of the list itself. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% \caption@ifempty@list#1% @@ -348,7 +329,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% adds an element to a command containing a list. +% (The command will get defined if it isn't defined yet.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} @@ -356,7 +339,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@g@addto@list| but works locally. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} @@ -365,7 +349,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% removes an element from a command containing a list. +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% @@ -374,9 +361,10 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par -% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since -% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@g@removefrom@list| but works locally. +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} @@ -385,19 +373,22 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% iterates all elements of the list (within \meta{cmd}) using the given +% \meta{code}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% - \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{% - \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% - \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% - \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}% + {\def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% This helper command checks if the list (within \meta{cmd}) is empty. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% \ifx#1\@undefined @@ -416,30 +407,33 @@ % % \pagebreak[3] % \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} -% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2020/08/02}{\cs{caption@if@bool}\marg{value} added} % \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} -% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: -% \begin{quote} -% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ -% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ -% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ -% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} -% \end{quote} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% - \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% - \let#1\@firstoftwo - }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% - \let#1\@secondoftwo - }{% - \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% - }}} + \caption@if@bool{#2}{\let#1\@firstoftwo}{\let#1\@secondoftwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@if@bool[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{1,true,yes,on}% + {\@firstoftwo}% + {\caption@ifinlist{#1}{0,false,no,off}% + {}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#1'}}% + \@secondoftwo}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} @@ -450,21 +444,31 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} % \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} -% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\ -% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star-arg}\marg{non-star-arg}\\ +% expands \meta{cmd} with either argument \marg{star-arg} or +% \meta{non-star-arg}, depending on if the next char is a star (or not).\par +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star-arg}\marg{non-star-arg}\\ +% will test the catcode of the character \@ additionally. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} \AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifatletter} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifatletter|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% will either expand \meta{yes-code} or \meta{no-code}, +% depending on the catcode of the character \@. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 @@ -472,6 +476,8 @@ \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -479,7 +485,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{This macro revised} -% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd}\\ +% collects a star and all optional arguments, and expands \meta{cmd} +% afterwards with the collected stuff as first argument. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% \@ifstar @@ -506,8 +514,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble} % \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added} -% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\par -% Same as |\@gobble|, but gobbles optional arguments as well. +% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\\ +% is similar to |\@gobble| but gobbles a star and optional arguments as well. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{% \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo} @@ -517,11 +525,11 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} % \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} -% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ -% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code -% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s. -% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code -% specified using the non-starred variant. +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% is similar to |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code will be +% surrounded by two |\Package|\-|Info|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty @@ -557,7 +565,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} -% |\caption@Info|\marg{message} +% |\caption@Info|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an info message (with code line indication). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{% \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}} @@ -565,10 +574,11 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} -% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ -% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of -% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. -% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an info message without code line indication. +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{% \caption@Info{#1\@gobble}} @@ -577,7 +587,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} -% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message} +% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message}\\ +% issues a warning message (with code line indication). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} @@ -585,7 +596,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} -% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message} +% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% issues a warning message without code line indication. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} @@ -600,7 +612,8 @@ % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} % \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} % \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} -% |\caption@Error|\marg{message} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an error message (with code line indication). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh} @@ -615,6 +628,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} % \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@KV@err|\marg{message}\\ +% will be used to issue an error while parsing the key-value (package) +% options. % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error % \end{macrocode} @@ -622,15 +638,15 @@ % % \section{Using the keyval package} % -% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.\par +% \emph{TODO:} Use some recent stuff instead, for example kvdefinekey and kvsetkeys. % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} -% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par -% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval -% definition. +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\\ +% is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval definition. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} @@ -640,8 +656,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} -% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par -% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe. +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\\ +% marks a keyval definition only valid in the document preamble, analogous to +% |\@only|\-|preamble| from \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} \providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} @@ -660,13 +677,12 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} -% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par -% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using -% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. -% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the -% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but -% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\Declare|\-|Option| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\use|\-|package|, but +% \emph{not} with |\caption|\-|setup| later on. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} @@ -680,15 +696,15 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@declare@option{% \define@key{caption}} -%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option, will be used by \captionsetup +%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option since it will be used by \captionsetup % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} -% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par -% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given. +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% is the same as |\DeclareCaptionOption| but issues an error if a value is +% given. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} @@ -713,8 +729,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} % \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} -% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. -% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.) +% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@set|\-|keys|.) % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifcaptionsetup@star % \end{macrocode} @@ -728,13 +744,13 @@ % \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{Support of multiple optional arguments added} % \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Syntax check of saved options added} -% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ -% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\par -% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append -% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. -% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} -% is not used later on.) -% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% applies the given list of options. +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\set|\-|keys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\captionsetup{% \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} @@ -773,7 +789,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@checkoptions} % \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{This macro added} -% Check the syntax of the given options by executing them inside a group. +% |\caption@checkoptions|\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% checks the syntax of the given options by executing them inside a group. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@checkoptions[1]{% \begingroup @@ -788,8 +805,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\IfCaptionOptionCheck} % \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% |\IfCaptionOptionCheck|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} -% executes the \meta{yes-code} if options are just checked for syntax, and \meta{no-code} if not. +% |\IfCaptionOptionCheck|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% executes the \meta{yes-code} if options are just checked for syntax, +% and \meta{no-code} if not. % \begin{macrocode} \let\IfCaptionOptionCheck\@secondoftwo % \end{macrocode} @@ -804,12 +822,11 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} % \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} -% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ -% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par -% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. -% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. -% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) -% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} @@ -867,9 +884,9 @@ % \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} -% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par -% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which -% is associated with \meta{type}. +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\\ +% shows the saved option list which is associated with \meta{type} +% (as warning message). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% \@bsphack @@ -901,14 +918,9 @@ % \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added} % \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Starred variant removed} -% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par -% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can -% be executed by using this command. -% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards), -% if there is any. -% \iffalse -% (The starred variant do not clear the option list.) -% \fi +% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\\ +% applies caption options which have been saved with |\caption|\-|setup|\oarg{type}. +% To prevent multiple application the list will be cleared (locally) afterwards. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{% \caption@Debug{options=#1}% @@ -928,19 +940,19 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} -% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ -% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par -% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. -% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing -% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package -% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode -% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{% - \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}% - }{}} + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}% + {\caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}}% + {}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% @@ -956,10 +968,10 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \AtEndDocument{% - \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{% - \caption@WarningNoLine{% - Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] - on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist + {\caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -974,10 +986,10 @@ % \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} % \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} % \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added} -% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par -% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values} -% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package, -% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\\ +% expands to |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}, +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1001,7 +1013,7 @@ \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@Debug{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% \setkeys{#2}{#3}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1024,9 +1036,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now} -% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-values}\par -% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one -% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-value options}\\ +% applies the given options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\Execute|\-|Options| offered by \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% @@ -1035,21 +1047,17 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see -% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} -% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} -% instead of \cs{setkeys}} -% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global -% options which have a default value} -% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to -% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added} -% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\par -% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one -% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. -% The starred variant do not process the global options. -% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} -% \version{6.74} and improved.) +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global options which have a default value} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Starred variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\\ +% processes the given options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\Process|\-|Options| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant does not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and modified.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} @@ -1082,11 +1090,11 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} -% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\par -% After calling this macro |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and -% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\marg{package} -% will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} and \meta{options} -% as arguments |#1| and |#2|. (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) +% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\\ +% After application of this command |\caption@Execute|\-|Options| and +% |\use|\-|package| will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} +% and \meta{options} as arguments |#1| and |#2|. +% (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{% \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}% @@ -1120,6 +1128,263 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \section{Declaring and setting key values} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@decl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@decl|\oarg{command}\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% is used for declaring boxes, fonts, formats etc. +% (It defines |\caption@|\meta{option}|@|\meta{name} +% using the given \meta{command}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@decl[3][\def]{% + \global\long\expandafter#1\csname caption@#2@#3\endcsname} +\@onlypreamble\caption@decl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdecl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifdecl|\marg{option}\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% checks if the given \meta{option} and \meta{name} combination is +% already declared. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdecl[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@#1@#2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkdecl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@checkdecl|\marg{option}\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\\ +% behaves similar to |\caption@if|\-|decl| but issues an error message if the +% given \meta{option} plus \meta{name} is not defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkdecl[2]{% + \caption@ifdecl{#1}{#2}% + \@firstofone + {\caption@Error{Undefined #1 `#2'}% + \@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{def} instead of \cs{let} internally} +% |\caption@set|\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the declared \meta{option} to \meta{name}, for example +% |label|\-|format| to |simple|. +% Note that since version \version{2.0} future changes to \meta{name} +% (via |\caption@decl|) will effect the outcome, +% for example |\caption@decl{labelformat}{simple}\ldots| will not only change +% the definition of the label format |simple| but also effect the current +% label format if set to |simple| (via |\caption@set|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set{% + \caption@maparg\caption@@set}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@set[3]{% + \caption@checkdecl{#1}{#3}{% +% \expandafter\edef\csname caption@@#2\endcsname{#3}% could be used for debugging + \expandafter\def\csname caption@#2\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\csname caption@#1@#3\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SetCaptionDefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/28}{Check for `default' added to prevent infinite loop} +% |\SetCaptionDefault*|\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the default value for the \meta{option}. +% The starred variant is only relevant for setting default values for lengths +% like |margin|. (See definition of |\caption@set|\-|default@length| for +% details.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\SetCaptionDefault{% + \caption@teststar\caption@setdefault\def\edef} +\@onlypreamble\SetCaptionDefault +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefault[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@setdefault@#2}% + {\caption@maparg\caption@@setdefault}% + {\@nameuse{caption@setdefault@#2}{#1}}% + {#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setdefault[3]{% + \caption@ifdefault{#3}% + {\caption@Error{Invalid argument for \string\SetCaptionDefault: `#3'}}% would cause an infinite loop otherwise + {\caption@@set{#1}{#2@default}{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifdefault|\marg{value}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands to \meta{yes-code} if the \meta{value} expands to `default', +% and to \meta{no-code} otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdefault[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \def\caption@tempb{default}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setmapping} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setmapping|\marg{source option}\marg{destination option}\\ +% sets a mapping from the \meta{source option} to the +% \meta{destination option}, for example |label|\-|font| to |font| +% since |label|\-|font| does not have any own definitions but shares +% them with |font|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmapping[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@map@#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setmapping +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@maparg} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@maparg|\marg{command}\marg{option}\\ +% similar to |\@dblarg| but either duplicates the given \meta{option} or +% expands it to \meta{destination option} plus \meta{option} if a mapping +% was defined for the given option (via |\caption@set|\-|mapping|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@maparg[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@map@#2}% + {#1{#2}}% + {#1{\csname caption@map@#2\endcsname}}% + {#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@switchdefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@switchdefault\marg{option}|\marg{code with \#1}\marg{name}\\ +% like |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default| but first expands the given code with the +% to-be-overwritten internal command as argument, so it can be stored (and +% restored later on). +% The main purpose of this command is switching default settings in +% \package{babel} language packages, e.g.: +% \begin{quote}|\caption@switchdefault{labelfont}{\babel@save #1}{sc}|\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@switchdefault#1#2{% + \def\caption@tempa##1{#2}% + \expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption@#1@default\endcsname + \caption@setdefault\def{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restoredefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@restoredefault\marg{option}|\marg{command}\\ +% restores a default setting which was stored to \meta{command} before +% (via |\caption@switch|\-|default|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@restoredefault#1#2{% + \caption@checkdecl{#1}{default}{% + \caption@ifdefined#2{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@#1@default\endcsname#2% + \let#2\@undefined}{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@decl@package} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@decl@package|\marg{option}\marg{cmd}\oarg{package}\marg{name}\ldots\\ +% Helper command to declare a caption package option value which is dependent +% on the existence of a specific package, for example the |font| value +% |one|\-|half|\-|spacing| which is dependent on the \package{setspace} +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@decl@package[2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@declare@package{#1}{#2}}% + {\caption@declarepackage{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@decl@package +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declare@package#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\@namedef{caption@#1@#4@package}{#3}% + #2{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@package +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declarepackage[3]{% + \global\@nameundef{caption@#1@#3@package}% + #2{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarepackage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@load@package} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@load@package|\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% If the given option value needs a package, it will be loaded automatically. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@load@package[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption@#1@#2@package\endcsname + \caption@ifdefined\caption@tempa + {\caption@requirepackage\caption@tempa{#1=#2}}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Declaring and setting lengths} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLength} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLength|\marg{name}\marg{default value}\\ +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Defines a new length (dimension) +% \item Installes a hook for |\caption@set|\-|default| so +% |\caption@set|\-|default@length| will be used to set a default +% value for this length +% \item Sets a default value using |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default*|. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLength[1]{% + \expandafter\newdimen\csname caption#1\endcsname + \@namedef{caption@setdefault@#1}##1{% + \caption@setdefault@length{##1}}% + \SetCaptionDefault*{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLength +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefault@length} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setdefault@length*|\marg{cmd}\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% sets a default value for the given \meta{length}, either using |\def| +% (if the starred variant is used) or |\edef| (if the non-starred variant is +% used). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefault@length[3]{% + \expandafter#1\csname caption#2@default\endcsname{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlength} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlength|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% sets a length to either the given \meta{value} or to the default value if +% \meta{value} is `default'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlength[2]{% + \caption@ifdefault{#2}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}% + {\def\caption@tempa{#2}}% + \expandafter\setlength\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \section{Margin resp. width} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} @@ -1128,17 +1393,17 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} % \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} -% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin -% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in -% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide -% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par -% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. -% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, -% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\captionmargin -\newdimen\captionmargin@ -\newdimen\captionwidth +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x} of the \package{caption} package.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\caption|\-|width| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|margin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLength{margin}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{margin@}{\the\captionmargin} +\DeclareCaptionLength{width}{0pt} \newdimen\caption@tempdima % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1159,6 +1424,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} @@ -1167,17 +1433,14 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} -% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take -% left+right margin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take left+right margin} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& -% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so -% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added} -% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\ -% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par -% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to -% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount}. +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% \caption@resetcalcmargin @@ -1194,8 +1457,8 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% - \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% - \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \caption@setlength{margin}{#1}% + \caption@setlength{margin@}{#2}% \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1204,10 +1467,10 @@ % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added} -% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\\ -% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\par -% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to -% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount}. +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% \caption@resetcalcmargin @@ -1220,20 +1483,16 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{% #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}% - \setlength\captionwidth{#2}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} -% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% - \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} + \caption@setlength{width}{#2}}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setcalcmargin*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount} +% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will +% not be evaluated immediately. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{% \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}% @@ -1247,8 +1506,22 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@resetcalcmargin|\\ +% clears the value which was stored in |\caption@set|\-|calc|\-|margin|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% + \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setcalcwidth*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount} +% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will +% not be evaluated immediately. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{% \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}% @@ -1260,8 +1533,8 @@ % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} % \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption@stepthecounter}} -% Internal counter. At the moment it will be used inside -% |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% Internal counter. +% At the moment it will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| only. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1275,10 +1548,11 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} -% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. -% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to -% pass label information from one run to another. -% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.) +% |\caption@newlabel|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\new|\-|label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page|.) % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1286,8 +1560,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} -% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. -% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% This command is a modified version of |\the|\-|page| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| only. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1295,9 +1569,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@label} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added} -% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. -% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in aux file added} +% |\caption@label|\marg{name}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| and |\FP@help|\-|Note|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% \caption@@label @@ -1315,8 +1590,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} -% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e. -% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% |\caption@pageref|\marg{name}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\page|\-|ref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| and |\FP@help|\-|Note|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax @@ -1331,11 +1607,13 @@ % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} -% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, -% but an alternative implementation method would be using the -% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|. -% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will -% only be used once per group.} +% Currently this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would use the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and +% |\ifodd\get|\-|page|\-|ref|\-|number{|\ldots|}|. +% Maybe we will change that in a later release. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% \caption@iftwoside{% @@ -1355,7 +1633,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} -% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{command}\marg{off -or- value}\\ +% defines the given \meta{command} to \meta{value}, +% but if \meta{value} if `off' the given \meta{command} is undefined instead. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} @@ -1368,41 +1648,39 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} % \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} % \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} -% These are the indentions we support. +% These are the indentions we support. % \begin{macrocode} -\newdimen\caption@indent -\newdimen\caption@parindent -\newdimen\caption@hangindent +\DeclareCaptionLength{@indent}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{@parindent}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{@hangindent}{0pt} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} -% and \opt{hangindent=}} -% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} -% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} -% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, -% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete! - \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete + \caption@setlength{@indent}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% - \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} + \caption@setlength{@indent}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% - \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}} + \caption@setlength{@parindent}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% - \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}} + \caption@setlength{@hangindent}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% - \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Styles} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces -% between arguments do make any harm} -% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@sls} renamed to \cs{caption@slsty}} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} @@ -1410,8 +1688,16 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% - \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% - \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} + \caption@decl{style}{#1}% + {\def\caption@slsty{#2}% + \def\caption@sty{#3}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The \package{floatrow} package uses |\@if|\-|undefined{caption@sty@#1}| to +% determine in |\flrow@set|\-|style| if a caption style is defined or not. +% Since the \package{floatrow} package is unmaintained we fake the definition +% so the test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{\@unused}} \@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1427,58 +1713,55 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} % \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} -% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ -% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional -% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), -% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using -% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options -% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par -% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not -% defined. +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@ifdecl} and \cs{caption@checkdecl} now} +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\\ +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sl|\-|sty|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@reset|\-|style|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% - \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone} + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\caption@ifdecl\caption@checkdecl} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% - {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname + #1{style}{#2}% + {\caption@set{style}{#2}% + \caption@style % defines \caption@sty & \caption@slsty \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined - \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax % prevent \caption@resetstyle if called recursively \caption@resetstyle \caption@xsetup\caption@sty \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined \else \caption@xsetup\caption@sty - \fi - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname - \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline - \expandafter{\caption@sls}}} + \fi}% + {}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{% -% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} % \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \opt{size=} added} % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \opt{rule} added} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=parbox} added} % \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{\opt{box=none} added, \opt{box=parbox} changed to \opt{parbox=parbox}} -% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. -% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% |\caption@resetstyle|\\ +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% \caption@setup{% box=none,boxcolor=white,parbox=parbox,% format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% - justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,% + font=,labelfont=,textfont=,size=,% + justification=justified,slc,rule,strut,% margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% - indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% - slc,rule,strut}% - \caption@clearsetup{singleline}} + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1488,31 +1771,69 @@ % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=default} added to caption style \opt{default}} % Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. -% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered -% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in -% \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@make|\-|caption| +% offered by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' +% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document % class actually used. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} \DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% - box=default,format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% - justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default} + box=default,% + format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default,size=default,% + justification=default,slc=default,margin=default,% + indent=default,parindent=default,hangindent=default} % \end{macrocode} % +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck[2]{% + \caption@decl{singlelinecheck}{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@setsinglelinecheck{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % +% These are the pre-defined single-line-check code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck{on}{\@firstoftwo} +\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck{off}{\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `on'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{singlelinecheck}{on} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setsinglelinecheck} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/03/13}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setsinglelinecheck|\marg{value}\\ +% sets the single-line-check either on or off, +% where \meta{value} could be either a \meta{name} or boolean value. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setsinglelinecheck[1]{% + \caption@ifdecl{singlelinecheck}{#1}% + {\caption@set{singlelinecheck}{#1}}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@singlelinecheck{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \section{Boxes} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added} -% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{% - \global\long\@namedef{caption@box@#1}##1##2{#2}} + \caption@decl{box}{#1}##1##2{#2}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1520,31 +1841,15 @@ % \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Option \opt{box=} added} % \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Option \opt{parbox=} added} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@setbox{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set@box\caption@parbox{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@set{box}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set{parbox}{#1}} +\caption@setmapping{parbox}{box} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbox} -% |\caption@setbox|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption box simply means saving the code (in |\caption@box|). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setbox{% - \caption@set@box\caption@box} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@set@box[2]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@box@#2}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined box `#2'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname caption@box@#2\endcsname}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % There are four pre-defined boxes, called `empty', `none', % `parbox', and `colorbox'. -% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of -% \cs{caption@start/endbox}} -% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from -% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{captionbox} renamed to \cs{caption@parbox}} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\cs{caption@parbox} adapted to \cs{DeclareCaptionBox}} % \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/02}{Option \opt{boxsep=} added} @@ -1552,34 +1857,34 @@ \DeclareCaptionBox{empty}{} \DeclareCaptionBox{none}{#2} \DeclareCaptionBox{parbox}{\parbox[b]{#1}{#2}} -%\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{% -% \colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{\caption@box@parbox{\dimexpr #1-2\fboxsep}{#2}}} -\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{\colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{% - \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}% - \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}% - \linewidth\caption@tempdima - \hsize\caption@tempdima - #2}} +\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{% + \colorbox\caption@boxcolor{% + \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}% + \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}% + \linewidth\caption@tempdima + \hsize\caption@tempdima + #2}} \DeclareCaptionOption{boxcolor}{\def\caption@boxcolor{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{boxsep}{\setlength\fboxsep{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % -% `default' usually maps to `none`. +% `default' usually maps to `none' resp.~`parbox'. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@box@default{\caption@box@none} +\SetCaptionDefault{box}{none} +%\SetCaptionDefault{parbox}{parbox} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Formats} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces -% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} -% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par -% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of -% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@ifh} renamed to \cs{caption@ifhmode}} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} @@ -1592,62 +1897,44 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% - \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% - \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}% - \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}} + \caption@decl[\edef]{format}{#2}{% + \unexpanded{\let\caption@ifhmode#1}% + \unexpanded{\long\def\caption@slfmt}####1####2####3\unexpanded{{#3}}% + \unexpanded{\long\def\caption@fmt}####1####2####3\unexpanded{{#4}}}} \@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@useformat} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{This macro added} +% |\caption@useformat|\marg{name}\\ +% expands |\caption@fmt| based on the given format \meta{name}. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} -% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) -% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +\newcommand*\caption@useformat[1]{% used by caption-koma.sto + \caption@checkdecl{format}{#1}{% + \begingroup + \@nameuse{caption@format@#1}\global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fmt + \endgroup\caption@tempa}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{This macro added} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter - {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter - {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter - {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}} -\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@set{format}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{% -% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} -% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{% -% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} -% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{% -% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} -% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{% -% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} % There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% - \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + \caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline {\caption@Error{% - The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + The option `labelsep=\caption@labelsep@name' does not work\MessageBreak with `format=hang'}}% {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent @@ -1655,47 +1942,35 @@ \caption@@par#3\par}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}} -% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} % `default' usually maps to `plain'. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain} +\SetCaptionDefault{format}{plain} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Label formats} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{% -% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} -% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% - \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} + \caption@decl{labelformat}{#1}##1##2{#2}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@set{labelformat}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} -% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} % \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} added} % \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} fixed} % \changes{v1.8}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{unnumbered} added} % There are six pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', % `parens', `brace', `autodot', and `unnumbered'. +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} @@ -1705,63 +1980,120 @@ \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{unnumbered}{#1} % \end{macrocode} % -% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{Caption label format \opt{original} added} +% The label format `original' tries to preserve the original definition +% of the label format which was defined by |\fnum@|\meta{environment}. +% If no original definition is available, use the label format `simple' +% as fallback. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{original}{% + \caption@ifdefined\caption@original@fnum + {\caption@original@fnum}% + {\caption@labelformat@simple{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `original'. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelformat}{original} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Label separators} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces -% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} % \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised} -% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par -% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/15}{Variant with two stars added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@iflf} renamed to \cs{caption@iflabelfont}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@lsep} renamed to \cs{caption@labelsep}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Definition of \cs{caption@labelsep@name} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator**|\marg{name}\marg{condition}\marg{code}\\ +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} +% using |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|. +% The two-starred form uses \meta{condition} to decide if the label separator +% should be typeset with or without using |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% - \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone} + \@ifstar + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@ + {\caption@declarelabelseparator\@firstofone}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@{% + \@ifstar + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@ + {\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@[2]{% + \caption@declarelabelseparator + {#2\@gobble\@firstofone}% + {#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% - \global\@namedef{caption@iflf@#2}{#1}% - \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}% - \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil} -\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator + \caption@decl{labelseparator}{#2}% + {\def\caption@iflabelfont{#1}% + \def\caption@labelsep@name{#2}% + \def\caption@labelsep{#3}}% % \end{macrocode} +% Unfortunately |\Declare|\-|Float|\-|Separators| of the \package{floatrow} +% package mis-uses |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| instead of +% storing the definition on its own. Since the \package{floatrow} package is +% unmaintained we have to store the separator definition inside +% |\caption@lsep@|\meta{name} for \package{floatrow}, too. (Sigh!) % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{% - \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else - \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}% - \fi} -\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator + \@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the `default' caption label separator will usually not be defined +% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator|, we need to define +% |\caption@lsep@default| manually. +% \Note{This definition is used by \package{magyar.ldf} but only needs to be different +% than \cs{caption@lsep} (which is usually undefined).} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@lsep@default{\caption@labelseparator@default\caption@labelsep}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro added} +% |\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline|\marg{name}\\ +% adds the given label separator to a list of label separators which uses +% |\\| internally. (They are incompatible to the `hang' caption format.) % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\newcommand*\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline[1]{% + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@labelsep@crlist{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} -% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{This macro added} +% |\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% tests if the current label separator uses |\\| internally. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}% - {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +\newcommand*\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@labelsep@crlist\caption@labelsep@name} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator -% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@set{labelseparator}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@set{labelseparator}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} % There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', % `quad', `newline', and `endash'. @@ -1772,71 +2104,44 @@ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\captionnewline} +\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline{newline} % does not work with "format=hang" \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\captionnewline} % \changes{v1.12}{2020/05/30}{This macro added} -% Will be used in the caption label separator |new|\-|line|, -% and re-defined for |long|\-|table| environments. +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{\cs{relax} added to definition} +% |\captionnewline|\\ +% will be used in the caption label separator |new|\-|line|, +% and re-defined for |long|\-|table| environments +% (in package \package{ltcaption}). % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\captionnewline{\\} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep} -% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{% - \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default - \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% - \caption@setlabelseparator{default}% - \else - \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{% - \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}% - \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}} +\newcommand*\captionnewline{\\\relax} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % `default' usually maps to `colon'. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{colon} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Text formats} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} -% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% - \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} + \caption@decl{textformat}{#1}##1{#2}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@set{textformat}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} -% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} -% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'. % \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added} % \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}} @@ -1848,9 +2153,9 @@ \long\def\caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor#2#3\@nil{% \def\caption@tempa{#2}% \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty - \caption@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil + \caption@getlabel{#1}% \else - \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil + \caption@getlabel{#2}% \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1860,16 +2165,21 @@ % % `default' usually maps to `simple'. % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +\SetCaptionDefault{textformat}{simple} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@getlabel} % \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now} % \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}} % \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption@thelabel} added} -% Gets the label command out of the (first) caption text and stores it to |\caption@thelabel|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\caption@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{% +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{Syntax changed} +% |\caption@getlabel|\marg{text}\\ +% gets the label command out of the given caption text and stores it to +% |\caption@the|\-|label|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@getlabel[1]{% + \caption@@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil} +\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{% \def\@tempa{#2}% \ifx\@tempa\@empty \let\caption@thelabel\relax @@ -1877,33 +2187,38 @@ \def\@tempb{*}% \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \def\caption@thelabel{\label*}% - \caption@@getlabel#3\@nil + \caption@@@getlabel#3\@nil \else \def\caption@thelabel{\label}% - \caption@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil + \caption@@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil \fi \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{% +\long\def\caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{% \def\@tempa{#1}% \def\@tempb{[}% \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil + \caption@@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil \else \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{{#1}}% \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\caption@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{% +\long\def\caption@@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{% \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{[{#1}]}% - \caption@@getlabel#2\@nil} + \caption@@@getlabel#2\@nil} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@thelabel\relax % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \section{Fonts} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} @@ -1911,79 +2226,56 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} % \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Check for \package{ragged2e} package related options added} % \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{Optional argument \opt{package} added} -% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont{% - \@ifnextchar[%] - \caption@declare@font - \caption@declarefont} + \caption@decl@package{font}{\caption@declarefont}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@declare@font[#1]#2{% - \global\@namedef{caption@fnt@#2@package}{#1}% - \caption@@declarefont{#2}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@font +\newcommand*\caption@declarefont[2]{% + \caption@decl{font}{#1}##1{#2}% + \define@key{caption@font}{#1}[]{\caption@addto@font{#1}{##1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarefont % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@declarefont[1]{% - \global\@nameundef{caption@fnt@#1@package}% - \caption@@declarefont{#1}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@declarefont +\newcommand*\caption@addto@font[1]{% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@@declarefont[2]{% - \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\caption@addto@fnt{#1}{#2}}% - \caption@@@declarefont{#1}{#2}} -\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarefont +% Load package first, if necessary + \caption@load@package{font}{#1}% % \end{macrocode} +% Add the content to \cs{caption@fnt} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@@@declarefont[2]{}% will be used by \DeclareCaptionJustification -\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declarefont + \caption@add@to@font{font}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@addto@fnt[2]{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@package\csname caption@fnt@#1@package\endcsname - \caption@ifdefined\caption@package - {\caption@requirepackage\caption@package{#1}}% load package, if necessary - {}% - \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont} -% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}} -% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{% - \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}} -\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont +\newcommand*\caption@add@to@font[3]{% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\caption@fnt\expandafter{\csname caption@#1@#2\endcsname{#3}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{} +\caption@setmapping{labelfont}{font} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} \DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{} +\caption@setmapping{textfont}{font} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} % \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} -% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par -% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets -% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty @@ -1993,38 +2285,18 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} -% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par -% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par -% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an -% extra group. +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% Like |\caption@set|\-|font|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}. +% Because we use |\set|\-|keys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname \begingroup - \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname - \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% - \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}% - \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% - \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt + \define@key{caption@font}{default}[]{\caption@add@to@font{#1}{default}{##1}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@font}{#2}% \endgroup - \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@font} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added} -% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ -% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par -% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}| -% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@font{% - \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone - {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}} -\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{% - \begingroup - \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}% - #1{#2}% - \caption@fnt} + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@fnt} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -2063,7 +2335,31 @@ \DeclareCaptionFont{Huge}{\Huge} % \end{macrocode} % -% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font size \texttt{smaller} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font sizes \texttt{smaller} and \texttt{larger} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller} +\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font@normalcolor\@unused + \caption@font@normalfont\@unused + \caption@font@normalsize\@unused + \caption@font@singlespacing\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{none} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{none} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@smaller} +% |\caption@smaller|\\ +% selects a font size which is smaller than the current one. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@smaller{% \ifx\@currsize\tiny @@ -2091,10 +2387,12 @@ Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/02}{Font size \texttt{larger} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@larger} +% |\caption@larger|\\ +% selects a font size which is larger than the current one. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@larger{% \ifx\@currsize\tiny @@ -2122,23 +2420,20 @@ Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypersetup} +% |\caption@hypersetup|\marg{options}\\ +% expands to |\hypersetup|\marg{options} if defined, to nothing otherwise. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{} +\newcommand*\caption@hypersetup{\caption@ifdefined\hypersetup\hypersetup\@gobble} +\DeclareCaptionFont{hypersetup}{\caption@hypersetup{#1}} % for usage in \captionsetup{font={hypersetup=...}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypersetup}{\caption@hypersetup{#1}} % for usage in \captionsetup[<env>]{hypersetup=...} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macrocode} -%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% -% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing} -\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% - \caption@font*{% - \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused - \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused - \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused - \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}} -% \end{macrocode} +% \section{Sizes} % % \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} % The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this @@ -2146,51 +2441,46 @@ % so old documents will work fine. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{} +\caption@setmapping{size}{font} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{size}{none} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Justifications} % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces -% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} -% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification{% - \def\caption@@@declarefont##1##2{% - \global\@namedef{caption@hj@##1}{##2}% for compatibility to v1.0, needed by floatrow package - \let\caption@@@declarefont\@gobbletwo}% - \DeclareCaptionFont} -\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \caption@decl@package{justification}{\caption@decl{justification}}} % Because of floatrow it isn't so easy... % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}} -% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code} +% Unfortunately the (unmaintained) \package{floatrow} uses the old storage scheme +% of the \package{caption} package and therefore expects the justification code +% in |\caption@hj@|\meta{name} instead of |\caption@justification@|\meta{name}. +% For this reason we have to store the code for the \package{floatrow} package +% additionally, so |\flrow@FBo|\-|Align| will still work fine. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{% - \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v1.0 - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}} -\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification + \caption@withoptargs\caption@declare@justification} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} -\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@justification[3]{% + \caption@decl@package{justification}{\caption@decl{justification}}#1{#2}{#3}% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@hj@#2\expandafter\endcsname\csname caption@justification@#2\endcsname} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}} -% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{% + \caption@load@package{justification}{#1}% + \caption@set{justification}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % % These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2202,10 +2492,15 @@ \DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} % \end{macrocode} % +% `default' usually maps to `justified'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{justified} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} -% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)| +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\center|\-|first| |:-)| % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\centerfirst{% \let\\\@centercr @@ -2224,7 +2519,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\centerlast} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} -% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% This one is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\centerlast{% \let\\\@centercr @@ -2238,8 +2533,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} % \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} -% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some -% document classes don't do so. +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{% \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} @@ -2258,8 +2553,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} -% |\caption@rule|\par -% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% |\caption@rule|\\ +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2284,57 +2579,71 @@ % usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the % right position. % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@declare@position} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@declare@position|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% declares a captionposition setting of the given \meta{name}, +% \meta{code} must either expand to |\@first|\-|of|\-|two| (top) or +% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two| (below). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@position[2]{% + \caption@decl{position}{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@position +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% - \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} \@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% - \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{\captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} \@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, -% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} % \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} -% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par -% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to -% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro -% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper -% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% - \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% - \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos - }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% - \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo - }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% - \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo - }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% - \let\caption@position\@undefined - }{% - \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}% - }}}}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Uses \cs{caption@set} now} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\\ +% puts |\caption@position| to the right value. +% \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the +% wrapper command \cs{caption@iftop} instead.}\par +% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well +% its syntax should not change.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition{\caption@set{position}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% These are the pre-defined position code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declare@position{t}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{top}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{above}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{b}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{bottom}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{below}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{a}{\caption@autoposition}% needed by floatrow package, \flrow@cappos +\caption@declare@position{auto}{\caption@autoposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} -% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try -% to guess the current position of the caption. -% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par -% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation -% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better -% results in most cases. +% `default' usually maps to `auto'. % \begin{macrocode} -%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto -\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined +\SetCaptionDefault{position}{auto} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro added} +% If in doubt, `position=auto' maps to `position=below'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -2342,70 +2651,51 @@ % \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} -% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par -% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.) +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\\ +% Since version \version{2.0} this command is identical to |\caption@position|. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@iftop{% - \ifx\caption@position\@undefined - \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo -% = \caption@setposition b% - \fi - \caption@position} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{\caption@position} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} -% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{% -% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} -% |\caption@fixposition|\par -% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. -% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to -% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@fixposition|\\ +% We try to guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prev|\-|depth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\space|\-|factor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\space|\-|factor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@if|\-|mini|\-|page|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a good one. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% - \ifx\caption@position\@undefined - \caption@autoposition - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} -% |\caption@autoposition|\par -% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par -% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something -% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and -% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|. -% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} -% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par -% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages -% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a -% good one. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{% \ifvmode \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ - \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below \else - \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \let\caption@autoposition\@firstoftwo % position=above \fi -% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% \else \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% - \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo -% = \caption@setposition b% + \let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} -% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par -% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\\ +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% - \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}} + \def\caption@fixposition{\caption@@set{position}{autoposition}{#1}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -2413,9 +2703,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} % \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} -% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ -% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par -% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% |\AtBeginCaption|\marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption|\marg{code}\\ +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| and +% |\At|\-|End|\-|Document|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} \newcommand*\caption@endhook{} @@ -2436,10 +2727,14 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} % \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} -% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean value}\\ +% sets the `list' option to either `off' or `on'. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} % \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setlist{on} +% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added} @@ -2451,7 +2746,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype} % \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} -% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type} +% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type}\\ +% sets the `listtype' option to the given \meta{type}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{% \caption@setlisttype@ext{}% @@ -2463,9 +2759,11 @@ \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext} % \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} -% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension} +% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension}\\ +% sets the `listtype' option to the given \meta{type extension}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{% \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext} @@ -2475,10 +2773,11 @@ % \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} % \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} -% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% - \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} + \caption@decl{listformat}{#1}##1##2{#2}} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2486,53 +2785,33 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@set{listformat}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat} -% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}} -% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par -% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|). -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}% - {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt - \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package. +% There are seven pre-defined list formats. (The first five were taken from the \package{subfig} package.) % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} \DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} -\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} \DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} \DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{period}{#1#2.} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat} -% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{% - \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default - \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% - \caption@setlistformat{default}% - \else - \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{% - \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}} +\SetCaptionDefault{listformat}{subsimple} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % -% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macro}{\caption@lstfmt} +% \changes{v2.0}{This macro added} +% To provide backward compatibility we still offer \cs{caption@lstfmt}. +% (\cs{caption@lstfmt} is used in the \package{dgruyter} package.) % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple} +\newcommand*\caption@lstfmt{\caption@listformat} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \section{Debug option} % \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added} @@ -2551,12 +2830,70 @@ \setkeys{caption}{debug=0} % \end{macrocode} % -% \section{Document classes \& Babel support} +% \section{Document class support} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/11}{Document class support re-written} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@standard} +% \begin{macrocode} +% article|report|book.sty [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] +\newcommand\@makecaption@standard[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@standard +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@arabic} +% \begin{macrocode} +% arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)] +\newcommand\@makecaption@arabic[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \sbox\@Arabitempboxa{\textRL{#2} : #1}% + \if@rl{ + \ifdim \wd\@Arabitempboxa >\hsize + \textRL{#2} : #1\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@Arabitempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\else{ + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@arabic +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@latvian} +% \begin{macrocode} +% latvian.ldf [2018/02/19 v2.0b Latvian support from the babel system] +\newcommand\@makecaption@latvian[2]{% + \vskip10\p@ + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\if\empty#2\else: #2\fi}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@latvian +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdocumentclass} -% Boolean switch which is set if the document class could be detected successfully, -% i.e. |\caption@document|\-|class| is set to a proper value. -% (If |\caption@document|\-|class| is already set, this flag will also be set.) +% Boolean switch which is set if the document class could be detected +% successfully, i.e. |\caption@document|\-|class| is set to a proper value. +% (If |\caption@document|\-|class| is already set, this flag will also be set.) % \begin{macrocode} \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1} % \end{macrocode} @@ -2564,8 +2901,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@documentclass} % \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} -% Determine document class used. -% Set |\caption@document|\-|class| by good-guessing, if not already set. +% Determine document class used. +% Set |\caption@document|\-|class| by good-guessing, if not already set. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@ifundefined\caption@documentclass{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2589,19 +2926,19 @@ \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class detected}% \def\caption@documentclass{koma}% % \end{macrocode} -% If |\@captionheadfont| is defined, we assume it's a AMS or SMF document class. +% If |\@captionheadfont| is defined, we assume it's a AMS or SMF document class. % \begin{macrocode} }{\caption@ifdefined\@captionheadfont{% \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class detected}% - \def\caption@documentclass{ams}% + \def\caption@documentclass{ams-smf}% % \end{macrocode} -% If |\@CaptionFonts| is defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. +% If |\CaptionFonts| is defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. % \begin{macrocode} }{\caption@ifdefined\CaptionFonts{% \caption@InfoNoLine{NTG document class detected}% \def\caption@documentclass{ntg}% % \end{macrocode} -% If |\cph@font| and |\cpb@font| are defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. +% If |\cph@font| and |\cpb@font| are defined, we assume it's the thesis document class. % \begin{macrocode} }{\caption@ifdefined\cph@font{% \caption@ifdefined\cpb@font\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo @@ -2612,453 +2949,376 @@ \def\caption@documentclass{thesis}% }{% % \end{macrocode} -% If the definition of |\@makecaption| matches the one from the standard \LaTeX\ document classes -% |article|, |report|, or |book|, we assume it's either one of them or is compatible to them. +% If the definition of |\@make|\-|caption| matches the one from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes |article|, |report|, or |book|, we assume it's +% either one of them or is compatible to them. % \begin{macrocode} - % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] - \long\def\caption@tempa#1#2{% - \vskip\abovecaptionskip - \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% - \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize - #1: #2\par - \else - \global \@minipagefalse - \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% - \fi - \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} - \ifx\caption@tempa\@makecaption - \caption@InfoNoLine{Standard document class detected}% + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined + \caption@InfoNoLine{Document class w/o caption stuff detected}% \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@standard + \caption@InfoNoLine{Standard document class detected}% + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@arabic + \caption@InfoNoLine{arabic babel option detected}% + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@latvian + \caption@InfoNoLine{latvian babel option detected}% + \else % \end{macrocode} -% Otherwise we are clueless and use standard default settings for the captions anyway. -% (And we unset the |document|\-|class| flag to indicate that the content of |\caption@document|\-|class| is not correct.) +% Otherwise we are clueless and use standard default settings for the captions. +% (And we unset the |document|\-|class| flag to indicate that the content of +% |\caption@document|\-|class| is not correct.) % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@InfoNoLine{% - Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak - standard defaults will be used}% - \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% - \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% unknown document class + \fi + \fi + \fi \fi - \def\caption@documentclass{base}% - }}}}}}% -}{} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifclassloaded} -% \changes{v1.8e}{2019/09/09}{This macro added} -% |\caption@ifclassloaded|\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@ifclassloaded[1]{% - \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% - \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@documentclass - \expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi} + \let\caption@documentclass\@empty % don't load adaption code later on + }}}}}}}% +}{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \subsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes} -% -% Since this is the default, there is no extra work to be done here. -% -% \subsection{The elsarticle classes} -% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/06}{elsarticle class support added} -% +% \begin{macro}{\AtCaptionPackage} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/14}{This macro added} +% |\AtCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\\ +% can be used by the document class adaption packages to execute extra code +% if the \package{caption} package is loaded (later on). % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}{% +\newcommand*\AtCaptionPackage{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@documentclass@code} +\@onlypreamble\AtCaptionPackage % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\footnotesize} +\providecommand*\caption@documentclass@code{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@documentclass@code % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Babel support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded} +% |\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded|\marg{option}\marg{cmd}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands the given \meta{yes-code} if |\caption@if|\-|babel@|\meta{option} +% is set and \meta{cmd} is defined. +% Otherwise the \meta{no-code} is expanded.\par +% This way the adaption could be prevented by defining +% \begin{quote}|\def\caption@ifbabel@|\meta{option}|{false}|\end{quote} % \begin{macrocode} -}{} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded[4]{% + \caption@ifdefined#2\@firstofone\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@if@bool{\@nameuse{caption@ifbabel@#1}}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\caption@ifdefined#2}}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@secondoftwo}% + \caption@tempa + {\caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel package is loaded}#3}% + {#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \subsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% \subsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/02}{\package{arabic} babel support updated} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/02}{\package{farsi} babel support added} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{ams}{% +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{\if@rl\space\fi: } % \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelArabi} +% |\caption@IfBabelArabic|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} - \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class - \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup - \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default - {margin=\the\captionmargin - \caption@ifdefined\smf@makecaption{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}{}}} - \@tempa - \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin} - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} - \captionsetup[figure]{position=b} - \captionsetup[table]{position=t} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelArabi{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{arabi}{\ArabiCoreLoaded}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelArabi % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -}{} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@arabi{true} % \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{The beamer class (Part one)} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{\package{beamer} class support added} -% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{\package{beamer} class support revised} -% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/27}{The \package{beamer} template \texttt{caption label separator} will be used now} -% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} added to \package{beamer} class support} -% \changes{v1.7}{2018/04/15}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} revised} -% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Definition of \package{beamer} default label font revised} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% +\caption@IfBabelArabi{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate} -% |\caption@ifbeamertemplate|\marg{caption template name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ -% tests if the given beamer caption template was selected by the user (or not). +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added} % \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{% - \begingroup - \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption - \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}% - \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption - \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo - \else - \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo - \fi} + \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi}% % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% If the language `arabic' or `farsi' is selected, we switch the default label separator to `arabi'. +% % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{% - \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% - \caption@lfmt@simple - \caption@lfmt@unnumbered - {#1}{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The \package{magyar} babel package redefines the current label format to a one called |simple|\-|Magyar|, -% defined within |\@@magyar@caption|\-|fix| which will be executed |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default@magyar}{% - \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% - \caption@lfmt@simple@magyar - \caption@lfmt@unnumbered - {#1}{#2}} - \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone{% - \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}{}{% - \g@addto@macro\@@magyar@captionfix{% - \let\caption@lfmt@simple@magyar\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar - \let\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar\caption@lfmt@default@magyar}}} + \caption@ifdefined\extrasarabic{% + \addto\extrasarabic{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{arabi}}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasfarsi{% + \addto\extrasfarsi{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{arabi}}}{}% % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@declarelabelseparator - {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@gobble\@firstofone} - {default} - {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}{\\}% - {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{% - \usebeamerfont*{caption}% - \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{% - \setbeamercolor*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" color additionally - \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% - \setbeamerfont*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" font additionally - \usebeamerfont{caption name}} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright} +}{% + \let\caption@rl\@firstofone +} % \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The french babel option} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{\package{french} babel support updated} +% +% We provide a dummy `french' caption label separator (so |labelsep=french| works fine); +% it will be re-defined dependant on the `french' package used later on. % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareOption{beamerclass}{% - \renewcommand\caption@ifslc{% - \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} - % Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch this support off. - \captionsetup{list=0}} - \PassOptionsToPackage{beamerclass}{caption3} +\caption@ifdecl{labelseparator}{french} + {\let\caption@french@labelseparator\@undefined}% + {\caption@@set{labelseparator}{labelseparator@french}{default}% + \let\caption@french@labelseparator\caption@labelseparator@french} % \end{macrocode} % -% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer -% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or -% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par -% (Note that this is of no use when the \package{caption} package is used, too.) +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelFrench} +% |\caption@IfBabelFrench|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} - \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{% - \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelFrench{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{french}{\FB@makecaption}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelFrench % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareOption{beamer}{% - % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}% - \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@french{true} % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macrocode] -}{} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelFrench{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The KOMA-Script classes} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added} +% If the language `french' is selected, we switch the default label separator to `french' +% which uses |\if|\-|FB|\-|Customise|\-|Fig|\-|Tab|\-|Captions| and |\Caption|\-|Separator|. % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{koma}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% - \ifdofullc@p - \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname - {\caption@Error{% - The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak - with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}% - {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}% - \else - #1#2% - \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ - \par - \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% - \else\if@capbreak - \par - \fi\fi - #3\par - \fi} - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: -% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} -% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of -% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} -% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and -% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} -% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and -% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current -% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} -% -% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes -% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and -% |parskip| but with different meaning. -% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a -% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. -% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here -% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as -% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A -% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} -% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since -% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ -% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent - \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% - \ifx,#1,% - \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% - \else - \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% - \fi}% + \ifx\caption@french@labelseparator\caption@labelseparator@french % still set to dummy label separator? + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{% + \ifFBCustomiseFigTabCaptions + \CaptionSeparator + \else + \space : % + \fi}% + \fi + \caption@ifdefined\extrasfrench{% + \addto\extrasfrench{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{french}}}{}% % \end{macrocode} +% +% Suppress the warning about load order (since it's not longer valid anymore). % \begin{macrocode} - \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip - \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% - \ifx,#1,% - \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% - \else - \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% - \fi}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\@nameuse{@FBwarning@capsepfalse}}% % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added} +% \subsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support updated} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfFrenchLe} +% |\caption@IfFrenchLe|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{ntg}{% +\newcommand*\caption@IfFrenchLe{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{frenchle}{\frenchTeXmods}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelFrenchLe % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@frenchle{true} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} -}{} +\caption@IfFrenchLe{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The thesis class} -% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added} -% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised} +% If the language `french' is selected, we switch the default label separator to `french' +% which uses |\caption|\-|separator|, and switch the default font to `it' and the default label font to `up'. % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{thesis}{% + \ifx\caption@french@labelseparator\caption@labelseparator@french % still set to dummy label separator? + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{\captionseparator\space}% + \fi + \g@addto@macro\extrasfrench{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\let\caption@original@labelseparator#1}{french}% + \caption@switchdefault{font}{\let\caption@original@font#1}{it}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelfont}{\let\caption@original@labelfont#1}{up}}% + \g@addto@macro\extrasenglish{% + \caption@restoredefault{labelseparator}{\caption@original@labelseparator}% + \caption@restoredefault{font}{\caption@original@font}% + \caption@restoredefault{labelfont}{\caption@original@labelfont}}% % \end{macrocode} +% +% Since the \package{frenchle} package overwrites |\caption|\-|font| and |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| +% (within |\GOfrench|) we need to save them beforehand and restore them afterwards. +% % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\captionfont@original\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@original\captionlabelfont}% + \g@addto@macro\GOfrench{% + \let\captionfont\captionfont@original + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@original}% % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The arabic Babel option} -% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel package support added} +% \subsection{The hungarian \& magyar babel option} +% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} babel support added} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{\package{magyar} babel support updated} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifdefined\ArabiCoreLoaded{% +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{magyar}{#2\bothIfSecond{.~}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl} -% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelHungarian} +% |\caption@IfBabelHungarian|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} - \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{hungarian}{\magyar@opt@defaults}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelHungarian % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% % \begin{macrocode} - \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}% - \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{ : } - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{% - \if@rl\caption@lsep@arabi\else\caption@lsep@colon\fi} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@hungarian{true} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macrocode} -}{% - \let\caption@rl\@firstofone -} +\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The frenchb Babel option} -% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel package support added} +% If the language `hungarian' or `magyar' is selected, +% we switch the default label format to `magyar', the default separator to `period', +% and the default list format to `subperiod'. % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifdefined\FB@makecaption{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator} - \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning - \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption - \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption} - \else - \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else - \caption@InfoNoLine{% - The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space - has been changed,\MessageBreak - frenchb will NOT customize it}% - \fi - \fi + \caption@ifdefined\extrashungarian{% + \addto\extrashungarian{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{magyar}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{period}% + \caption@switchdefault{listformat}{\babel@save #1}{subperiod}}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasmagyar{% + \addto\extrasmagyar{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{magyar}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{period}% + \caption@switchdefault{listformat}{\babel@save #1}{subperiod}}}{}% % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} }{} % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{The frenchle/pro package} -% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% \subsection{The latvian babel option} % % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifdefined\frenchTeXmods{% +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{latvian}{#2\bothIfSecond{~}{#1}} % \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelLatvian} +% |\caption@IfBabelLatvian|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} % \begin{macrocode} - \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}% - \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}% +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{latvian}{\bbl@latvianindent}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelLatvian % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -}{} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@latvian{true} % \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} -% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} -% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} package support revised} -% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% % \end{macrocode} % +% If the language `latvian' is selected, we switch the default label format to `latvian'. +% % \begin{macrocode} -\def\caption@tempa#1{% - \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% - \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% - \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% - % change default labelsep and listformat - \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}% - \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}% - \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{% - % change default labelsep and listformat - \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}% - \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}% - }{}} + \caption@ifdefined\extraslatvian{% + \addto\extraslatvian{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{latvian}}}{}% % \end{macrocode} +% % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@tempa{hungarian} -\caption@tempa{magyar} +}{} % \end{macrocode} % -% TODO: babel-latvian/latvian.ldf -% % \section{Package support} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@xpackage} -% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% |\caption@xpackage|\marg{macro}\marg{package}\marg{option} -% expands the given macro if the given package is not loaded. -% (Note: We cannot use |\@ifpackageloaded| here since it's not available after |\AtBeginDocument|.) +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackageloaded} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifpackageloaded|\marg{package}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands the given code if the given package is (not) loaded. +% (Note: We cannot use |\@if|\-|package|\-|loaded| here since it's not +% available after |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|.) % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@xpackage[2]{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#2.\caption@pkgextension\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\@firstofone +\newcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.\caption@pkgextension\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo \else - \expandafter\@gobbletwo - \fi - {#1{#2}}} + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@pkgextension\@pkgextension % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@loadpackage} -% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% |\caption@loadpackage|\marg{package}\marg{caption option} -% loads the given package immediately. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@loadpackage{% - \caption@xpackage\caption@@loadpackage} -% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pkg@list} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% We used this in the past as list of packages loaded +% |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. +% (Note: Old |.aux| files could contain +% |\@cons|\-|\caption@pkg@list|\-|{{|\meta{package}|}}|, +% so this macro should always be defined, even if we don't use it anymore.) % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% - \caption@Info{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}% - \RequirePackage{#1}\relax} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@requirepackage} % \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% |\caption@requirepackage|\marg{package}\marg{caption option} -% indicates that the given package option needs a package. +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@requirepackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% indicates that the given package option needs a package. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@requirepackage{% - \caption@xpackage\caption@@requirepackage} +\newcommand*\caption@requirepackage[2]{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{#1}{}{\caption@@requirepackage{#1}{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@@requirepackage[2]{% - \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}{#2}}}% load package later on + \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}{#2}}} % load package later on % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\caption@pkg@list} -% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} -% We used this in the past as list of packages loaded |\AtBeginDocument|. -% (Note: Old |.aux| files could contain |\@cons|\-|\caption@pkg@list|\-|{{|\meta{package}|}}|, -% so this macro should always be defined, even if we change the following code in the future.) % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \renewcommand*\caption@@requirepackage[2]{% + \caption@Error{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@packagelist} % \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% We use this as list of packages loaded |\AtBeginDocument|. +% We use this as list of packages loaded |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@packagelist{} \@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist @@ -3071,45 +3331,131 @@ \g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{% \caption@loadpackage{#1}{#2}}}% \caption@packagelist - \caption@tempa + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@loadpackage} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@loadpackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% loads the given package immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{#1}{}{\caption@@loadpackage{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@Info{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}% + \RequirePackage{#1}\relax} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \renewcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% - \caption@Error{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}}% - \let\caption@@requirepackage\caption@@loadpackage - } +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@@loadpackage\caption@@requirepackage} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@usepackage} -% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} -% |\caption@usepackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{code} -% loads the given package and executes the given code. -% (Note: Since the package might use the crappy \package{keyval} -% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this -% recursion won't work properly.) +% \subsection{The floatrow package} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/28}{Adaptions to the \package{floatrow} package added} +% +% Since the \package{floatrow} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make adaptions to \thispackage~\version{2.0} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $0.3b$ of the \package{floatrow} package, +% so older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% versions are expected to be adapted. +% % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@usepackage[3]{% - \IfCaptionOptionCheck - {\caption@requirepackage{#1}{#2}}% - {\let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix - \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc - \caption@loadpackage{#1}{#2}% - #3% - \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI - \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI}} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{2008/08/02 v0.3b floatrow: float package extension}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@floatrow.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{floatrow package v0.3b is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabel} +% |\caption@format| needs to be expanded prior the use of |\caption@@@make|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\captionlabel[1]{{% l.559 + \def\FR@tmp{\@captype}% + \ifnum\floatbox@depth>\@ne + \def\FR@tmp{sub\@captype}\caption@setsubtype*{\FR@tmp}\stepcounter{\FR@tmp}% + \fi + \caption@format % <= This line added + \caption@@@make{\caption@fnum\FR@tmp}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flrow@setstyle} +% This patch isn't working since |\flrow@setstyle| will be used by +% \package{floatrow} right after loading \package{caption3}. +% For this reason we still define |\caption@sty@|\meta{name} in +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \renewcommand*\flrow@setstyle[1]{% l.986 +% \@ifundefined{flrow@sty@#1}% +% {\flrow@error{Undefined float style `#1'}}% +% {\FBstyle@reset +% \def\flrow@capsetup{% +% \caption@ifdecl{style}{#1}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}}{}% +% \caption@setoptions{#1}}% +% \flrow@esetup{\csname flrow@sty@#1\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\flrow@FBoAlign} +% This patch isn't working since |\flrow@FBoAlign| will be used by +% \package{floatrow} right after loading \package{caption3}. +% For this reason we still define |\caption@hj@|\meta{name} in +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Justification| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \renewcommand*\flrow@FBoAlign[1]{% l.1168 +% \caption@ifdecl{justification}{#1}% +% {\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatobjectset +% \csname caption@justification@#1\endcsname}% +% {\flrow@error{Undefined object setting `#1'}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flrow@setFRsep} +% This patch isn't working since |\flrow@setFRsep| will be used by +% \package{floatrow} right after loading \package{caption3}. +% For this reason we still define |\caption@lsep@|\meta{name} in +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \renewcommand*\flrow@setFRsep[2]{% l.1187 +% \caption@ifdecl{labelseparator}{#2}% +% {\@nameuse{caption@labelseparator@#2}% defines \caption@labelsep +% \let#1\caption@labelsep}% +% {\flrow@error{Undefined float separator `#2'}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% % \subsection{The newfloat package} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@newfloat} % \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifpackageloaded} replaced by \cs{RequirePackage}} % \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{Usage of \cs{RequirePackage} replaced by \cs{caption@usepackage}} -% |\caption@newfloat|\marg{option}\marg{code} -% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@newfloat{\caption@usepackage{newfloat}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@newfloat|\marg{option}\marg{value}\marg{code}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards. +% (Note: Since the package might use the crappy \package{keyval} +% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this +% recursion won't work properly.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newfloat[2]{% + \IfCaptionOptionCheck + {\caption@requirepackage{newfloat}{#1}}% + {\let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix + \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc + \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{#1}% + #2% + \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI + \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI}} +% \end{macro} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3138,8 +3484,9 @@ % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} % \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} % \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} -% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name} -% \begin{macrocode} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\newfloat@set|\-|name|. +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% \caption@newfloat{#1name}{\newfloat@setname{#1}{#2}}} \@onlypreamble\caption@SetName @@ -3152,7 +3499,8 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@setname} -% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name} +% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the given float name, e.g.: `Figure` for `figure`. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{% \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} @@ -3173,10 +3521,11 @@ % \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} % \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} % \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} -% |\caption@within|\marg{float}\marg{value} +% |\caption@within|\marg{float}\marg{value}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\newfloat@set|\-|within|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@within[2]{% - \caption@newfloat{#1within}{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}} + \caption@newfloat{#1within=#2}{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3185,7 +3534,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% - \caption@newfloat{within}{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}} + \caption@newfloat{within=#1}{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}} \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% \caption@newfloat{without}{\newfloatsetup{without}}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -3227,14 +3576,15 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{The subfig package} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} % \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Test for the \package{subfig} package revised} % % Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, -% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. -% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here. -% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% we have to make adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package, +% so older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer % versions are expected to be adapted. +% % \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument{% \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% @@ -3253,7 +3603,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} -% New version of |\@dottedxxxline| +% New version of |\@dottedxxxline| % \begin{macrocode} \def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% \begingroup @@ -3269,7 +3619,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\sf@subfloat} % \changes{v1.4b}{2011/12/29}{Bugfix 11-12-23: Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} -% New version of |\sf@subfloat| +% New version of |\sf@subfloat| % \begin{macrocode} \def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% \begingroup @@ -3297,21 +3647,10 @@ % % Make the \package{subfig} package documentation compile. % \begin{macrocode} -%%\@ifl@aded{dtx}{subfig}{\caption@loadpackage{ragged2e}{}}{} % not needed \DeclareCaptionOption{lofdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lofdepth{\setcounter{lofdepth}{#1}}{}} \DeclareCaptionOption{lotdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lotdepth{\setcounter{lotdepth}{#1}}{}} % \end{macrocode} % -% \section{Execution of options} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,% - list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptions* -% \end{macrocode} -% % \section{Making an `List of' entry} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} @@ -3324,10 +3663,9 @@ % \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption@lstfmt}} % \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption@lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}} % \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} -% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par -% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, -% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and -% |listof=| was set to |true|. +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, i.e.~the argument +% \meta{list entry} is not empty and |list|\-|of=| was set to |true|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{% @@ -3357,7 +3695,7 @@ \caption@add@contentsline {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}% {#1}% - {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\caption@listformat{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% {\ignorespaces #2}% \caption@chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -3400,39 +3738,54 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@aboveskip| and |\caption@belowskip|\\ +% typeset the skip above resp.~below the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} -% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par -% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{The original definition will be stored in \cs{caption@original@fnum}} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\\ +% typesets the caption label; this acts as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@original@fnum\csname caption@fnum@#1\endcsname % for label format `original' + \caption@labelformat{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@make} -% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par -% Typesets the caption. +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\\ +% typesets the caption. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@labelformat{#1}{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} % \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of -% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end -% of caption added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end of caption added} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifhmode} added} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} % \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} -% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside -% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} -% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be -% typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be typeset in horizontal mode} % \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} % \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added} % \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} @@ -3443,7 +3796,7 @@ % \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@box} added} % \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package} % \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} -% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% \begingroup @@ -3456,56 +3809,49 @@ \caption@stepthecounter \caption@beginhook % \end{macrocode} -% -% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box| +% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box| % \begin{macrocode} \caption@box\hsize{% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\relax}{}% + \caption@singlelinecheck{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\caption@multiline}{\caption@multiline}% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) % \begin{macrocode} \caption@calcmargin \caption@tempdima\captionmargin \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}% \fi - \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent}% + \caption@ifhmode{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent}% \hspace\caption@tempdima % \end{macrocode} -% -% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| -% to typeset the caption. -% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format -% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} % \begin{macrocode} \caption@tempdima\captionwidth - \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent}% + \caption@ifhmode{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent}% \caption@parbox\caption@tempdima{% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ -% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: -% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifh{% + \caption@ifhmode{% \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ \leavevmode \else \hskip-\caption@indent \fi}% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| % \begin{macrocode} \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) % \begin{macrocode} \caption@tempdima\captionmargin \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else @@ -3513,12 +3859,10 @@ \fi \hspace\caption@tempdima % \end{macrocode} -% -% Close the outer box |\caption@box| +% Close the outer box |\caption@box| % \begin{macrocode} }% % \end{macrocode} -% % \begin{macrocode} \caption@endhook} % \end{macrocode} @@ -3534,14 +3878,14 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here} % \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} -% |\caption@calcmargin|\par -% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid -% values. +% |\caption@calcmargin|\\ +% calculates |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|width|, so both contain +% valid values. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% \caption@calcmargin@hook % \end{macrocode} -% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set +% Check margin, if |\caption@min|\-|margin| or |\caption@max|\-|margin| is set % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax @@ -3579,23 +3923,22 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{\caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} -% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} -% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{\caption@opt@SingleLine} outsourced to \cs{caption@SingleLine}} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}} % \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{Merged into a single macro again} -% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Definition and usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added} -% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\par -% This one does the single-line-check. +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\\ +% This one does the single-line-check. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% \singlelinecaptiontrue \begingroup \caption@singleline - \let\caption@hj\@empty + \let\caption@justification\relax \caption@calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth \caption@prepareslc \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% @@ -3609,47 +3952,72 @@ \fi \caption@Debug{End SLC}} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifsinglelinecaption} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{This definition added} +% |\ifsinglelinecaption|\\ +% could be used inside own caption formats to test if the caption is +% currently typeset as single-line caption (or not). % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifsinglelinecaption % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@singleline} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro extracted from \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@SingleLine} to \cs{caption@singleline} for consistency} +% |\caption@singleline|\\ +% prepares the typesetting of a single-line caption. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@singleline{% - \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline + \caption@xsetup\caption@slsty % Note: This could change \caption@format + \caption@format % defines \caption@ifhmode, \caption@slfmt, and \caption@fmt \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\caption@multiline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/28}{This macro added} +% |\caption@multiline|\\ +% prepares the typesetting of a multi-line caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@multiline{% + \caption@format} % defines \caption@ifhmode, \caption@slfmt, and \caption@fmt +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} % \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} % \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} added} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} -% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} % \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} % \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} -% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} % \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} % \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added} % \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)} % \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added} % \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages} % \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added} -% \changes{v1.12b}{2020/07/20}{Special adaption to \class{beamer} added} -% |\caption@prepareslc|\par -% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% |\caption@prepareslc|\\ +% re-defines anything which could disturb the single-line-check. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*\caption@prepareslc{} \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% \let\label\caption@gobble \let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo % \end{macrocode} -% We re-define \cs{footnote} so -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item The footnote counter will not be increased twice (but still the correct footnote mark will be used within the single-line-check) -% \item The footnote text will not be evaluated twice -% \end{enumerate} +% We re-define \cs{footnote} so +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The footnote counter will not be increased twice (but still the +% correct footnote mark will be used within the single-line-check) +% \item The footnote text will not be evaluated twice +% \end{enumerate} % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% @@ -3658,7 +4026,7 @@ \let\caption@footnotetext@ORI\@footnotetext \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble % \end{macrocode} -% Same for \cs{endnote} +% Same for \cs{endnote} % \begin{macrocode} \let\caption@endnote@ORI\endnote \def\endnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnote}% @@ -3667,22 +4035,19 @@ \let\caption@endnotetext@ORI\@endnotetext \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pagenote\caption@gobble -% \end{macrocode} -% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package\par -% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788} +% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788} % \begin{macrocode} \let\acused\@gobble \let\AC@placelabel\@gobble % \end{macrocode} -% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par -% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient -% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used -% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym). -% The alternative would be using internal macros of the -% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par -% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368} +% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par +% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient +% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used +% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym). +% The alternative would be using internal macros of the +% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368} % \begin{macrocode} \let\glsunset\@gobble % \end{macrocode} @@ -3715,88 +4080,66 @@ \newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{% \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} % \end{macrocode} -% The patch above assumes that the optional arguments of \cs{footnote} and -% \cs{footnotemark} match. Since this is not the case in \class{beamer} based documents, -% and since \class{beamer} extents the syntax of \cs{footnote} in a special way, -% we need a special patch here.\par -% \emph{Note:} For this patch we assume that \cs{footnote} will always end with the usage of -% \cs{beamer@footnotetext}. (Unfortunately \cs{footnote} is defined too monolithic -% in \class{beamer} to offer a less dirty patch.) -% \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% - \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% - \def\footnote{% - \begingroup - \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter - \renewcommand<>\beamer@framefootnotetext[1]{% - \endgroup}% - \let\@footnotetext\beamer@framefootnotetext - \caption@footnote@ORI}}}{} -% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} -% |\caption@applyfont|\par -% This macro executes the font relevant macros, i.e. by default -% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. +% |\caption@applyfont|\\ +% applies the relevant font settings, i.e. by default +% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@applyfont{% - \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize} + \caption@justification\captionfont\captionsize} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} % \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} -% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of -% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} % \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} -% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; -% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} % \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} -% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@textformat} added} % \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} % \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now} % \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now} -% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator -% will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}} -% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{captiontextend}} -% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par -% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{caption@textend}} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\\ +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% % \end{macrocode} -% -% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. % \begin{macrocode} \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ - \let\caption@lsep\relax + \caption@set{labelseparator}{none}% % \@capbreakfalse \fi % \end{macrocode} -% -% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. -% (And no text format either.) +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% (And no text format either.) % \begin{macrocode} \caption@ifempty{#2}{% - \let\caption@lsep\@empty - \let\caption@tfmt\@firstofone + \caption@set{labelseparator}{none}% + \caption@set{textformat}{simple}% % \@capbreakfalse % \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo }% % \end{macrocode} -% -% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used -% to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@labelseparator % defines \caption@iflabelfont, \caption@labelsep and \caption@labelsep@name (the latter is needed by \caption@fmt) +% \end{macrocode} +% Take care that |\caption@par|\-|indent| and |\caption@hang|\-|indent| +% will be used to typeset the paragraph. % \begin{macrocode} \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par % \end{macrocode} -% -% Finally typeset the caption. +% Finally typeset the caption. % \begin{macrocode} \caption@applyfont \caption@fmt @@ -3808,26 +4151,26 @@ \fi}% {\ifcaption@star\else \begingroup - \caption@iflf\captionlabelfont - \relax\caption@lsep + \caption@iflabelfont\captionlabelfont + \relax\caption@labelsep \endgroup \fi}% {{\captiontextfont - \captiontextstart + \caption@textstart \caption@ifstrut {\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}% {}% \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation - \caption@tfmt{#2}% + \caption@textformat{#2}% % \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% \caption@ifstrut {\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}% {}% - \captiontextend}}} + \caption@textend}}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\captiontextstart{} -\newcommand*\captiontextend{\par} +\newcommand*\caption@textstart{} +\newcommand*\caption@textend{\par} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3836,12 +4179,12 @@ % \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} % \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} -% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par -% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. -% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, -% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} -% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only -% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{yes-code}\\ +% tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% \caption@if@empty{#1}% @@ -3890,8 +4233,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} % \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} -% |\caption@@par|\par -% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% |\caption@@par|\\ +% will be expanded with every |\par| inside the caption. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@@par{% \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% @@ -3909,36 +4252,58 @@ % \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} % \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} % \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} -% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package} -% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% - \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{}% + \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{declare type}% \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} \@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType} +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionType} % \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} -% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code} -% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments. +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{caption@ForEachType} to \cs{ForEachCaptionType} and starred variant added} +% |\ForEachCaptionType*|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% will execute the given code for each (known) floating environment. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing environments, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| +% (offered by the \package{newfloat} package). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@type\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@type\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{% +\newcommand\caption@foreach@type[2]{% \caption@ifdefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment - {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}% - {\def\@elt##1{#1}% + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{#2}}% + {\def\@elt##1{#2}% \caption@ifdefined\c@figure\@elt\@gobble{figure}% \caption@ifdefined\c@table\@elt\@gobble{table}% - \let\@elt\relax - \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}} + \let\@elt\relax}% + #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtohook} +% |\newfloat@addtohook|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% adds code to the hook called in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.\par +% Note: We use |\provide|\-|command| instead of |\new|\-|command| here since the +% exact same code is defined in the \package{newfloat} package. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% \@tempa} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@hook} +% Hook used in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -3954,11 +4319,13 @@ % \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/10}{Bugfix: Definition of autoref string corrected} % \changes{v1.6}{2013/06/17}{Bugfix: \cs{c@tocdepth} will be set (locally) now} % \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{Check revised if the sub-type is already defined or not} -% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ -% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par -% The starred variant provides the numbering format -% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply -% uses \meta{subtype}. +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@l@addto@list} instead of \cs{@cons} now} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@subtype@hook} added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{We don't re-use existing counters anymore (This was a bad idea anyway)} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply uses +% \meta{subtype}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} @@ -3973,39 +4340,42 @@ \def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{% \@ifundefined{c@#3}% {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% + {\caption@@@declaresubtype{#1}{#2}{#3}{sub#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype % \end{macrocode} -% Check if the sub-type was already defined by |\Declare|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. -% If not, define the counter and list entry. % \begin{macrocode} - {\caption@ifsubtype{sub#3}% - {\caption@Debug{Modify subtype `sub#3'}}% - {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}% - \@ifundefined{c@sub#3}% - {\newcounter{sub#3}\relax}% - {\caption@Warning{Using already defined counter `sub#3'}}% - \@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}% - \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% - \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% - \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}% +\newcommand*\caption@@@declaresubtype[4]{% % \end{macrocode} -% Support of \package{titletoc} package % \begin{macrocode} - \caption@ifdefined\contentsuse{% - \contentsuse{sub#3}{\csname ext@sub#3\endcsname}}{}% +% Check if the sub-type was already defined by |\Declare|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% If not, define the counter and list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifin@list\caption@subtypelist{#4}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify subtype `#4'}}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `#4'}% + \newcounter{#4}[{#3}]% + \@namedef{ext@#4}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% + \caption@l@addto@list\caption@subtypelist{#4}% + \caption@subtype@hook{#4}}% % \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package % \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{sub#3name}{}% - \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}% - #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise - {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}% - \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% - {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% - \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% - \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}% - }} + \caption@ifdefined\contentsuse{% + \contentsuse{#4}{\csname ext@#4\endcsname}}{}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype + \@namedef{#4name}{}% + \@namedef{#4autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@#4}{}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + {\@namedef{p@#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + \@namedef{theH#4}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresubtype % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{% @@ -4026,12 +4396,12 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{% \def\@tempa{#1}% -% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? +% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? \ifx\@tempa\@empty -% Yes +% Yes \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil \else -% No +% No \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil \fi} \@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry @@ -4067,8 +4437,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} -% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined -% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% A list containing the sub-types defined with +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} % \end{macrocode} @@ -4076,53 +4446,68 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\caption@ifsubtype} % \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{This macro added} -% This macro checks if the given subtype was defined -% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| or not. +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@ifin@list} now} +% |\caption@ifsubtype|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% checks if the given subtype was defined with +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@ifsubtype[1]{% - \begingroup - \let\next\@secondoftwo - \edef\@tempa{#1}% - \def\@elt##1{% - \def\@tempb{sub##1}% - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \let\next\@firstoftwo - \fi}% - \caption@subtypelist - \expandafter\endgroup\next} +\newcommand*\caption@ifsubtype{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@subtypelist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{This macro added as replacement for \cs{caption@For}} +% |\ForEachCaptionSubType*|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% will execute the given code for each (known) sub-type. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing sub-types, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionSubType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@foreach@subtype[2]{% + \caption@for@list\caption@subtypelist{#2}% + #1{\caption@addto@subtype@hook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\caption@addto@subtype@hook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\caption@subtype@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\caption@subtype@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@subtype@hook[1]{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % Unfortunately the \class{memoir} document class resets the % \texttt{subfigure} resp.~\texttt{subtable} counter at the begin % of floating environments, i.e.~at |\@float|. -% As a side-effect |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work correctly. +% As a side-effect |\continued|\-|float| does not work correctly. % For that reason we need to introduce macros to save and restore % all sub-caption counters here. % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@restorecounters} -% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} -% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| restores all counters saved with -% |\caption@save|\-|counter|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@restorecounters{% - \caption@restore@counters - \global\let\caption@restore@counters\@empty} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@restore@counters{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\caption@savesubcounters} % \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} -% |\caption@save|\-|sub|\-|counters| saves all sub-caption counters, -% so they can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@for@list} now for iterating the list} +% |\caption@save|\-|sub|\-|counters|\\ +% saves all sub-caption counters, +% so they can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@savesubcounters{% - \def\@elt##1{\caption@savecounter{sub##1}}% - \caption@subtypelist - \let\@elt\relax}% + \caption@for@list\caption@subtypelist{\caption@savecounter{##1}}} % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@savecounter} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@save|\-|counter|\marg{counter}\\ +% saves the given counter, so it can be restored with +% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\caption@savecounter[1]{% \edef\caption@tempa{% @@ -4132,26 +4517,42 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\caption@For} -% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added} -% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}} -% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\ -% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restorecounters} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| +% restores all counters saved with |\caption@save|\-|counter|. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\caption@For{% - \caption@withoptargs\caption@@For} -%\@onlypreamble\caption@For +\newcommand*\caption@restorecounters{% + \caption@restore@counters + \global\let\caption@restore@counters\@empty} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{% - \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{% - \def\@elt##1{#3}% - \@nameuse{caption@#2}% - \let\@elt\relax}}% -%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For +\newcommand*\caption@restore@counters{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \section{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\caption@documentclass\@empty\else + \@pushfilename + \edef\@currname{caption-\caption@documentclass} + \edef\@currext{sto} + \InputIfFileExists + {\@currname.\@currext}% + {}% + {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}% + \@popfilename +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,listformat=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% % \iffalse %</package> % \fi diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx index 314528d58b3..a4f75ae72a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx @@ -19,11 +19,15 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % @@ -33,9 +37,7 @@ % \iffalse %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{ltcaption.drv}% - [2013/06/01 v1.4 This package fixes caption problems with - other-than-centered aligned longtables] +\ProvidesFile{ltcaption.drv}[2013/06/01 v1.4 This package fixes caption problems with other-than-centered aligned longtables] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=48pt % Make TeX shut up. % \documentclass{ltxdoc} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx index a3b8bdb2ee8..90586d10d99 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx @@ -19,21 +19,25 @@ % This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. % % This work consists of the files -% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, -% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, totalcount.dtx, +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, % the derived files -% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, -% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, totalcount.sty, +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, % and the user manuals % caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. % % \fi -% \CheckSum{232} +% \CheckSum{228} % % \iffalse %<*driver> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{subcaption.drv}[2019/09/10 v1.3 Adds a sub-caption feature to the caption package] +\ProvidesFile{subcaption.drv}[2020/08/24 v1.3 Adds a sub-caption feature to the caption package] \hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up. %\errorcontextlines=3 % @@ -176,7 +180,7 @@ % % The default settings for |sub|captions are: % \begin{quote} -% |margin=0pt,size=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,|\\ +% |margin=0pt,font+=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,|\\ % |skip=6pt,list=false,hypcap=false|~\footnote{%^^A % This means that sub-captions are not listed in the List of Figures % or Tables by default, but you can enable that by @@ -197,7 +201,7 @@ % \item Local settings % {\small(|\captionsetup{|\ldots|}| inside |figure| or |table| environment)} % \item Default `sub' settings -% {\small(|margin=0pt,size=smaller,|\ldots, see above)} +% {\small(|margin=0pt,font+=smaller,|\ldots, see above)} % \item Custom `sub' settings % {\small(|\usepackage[|\ldots|]{subcaption}| and |\captionsetup[sub]{|\ldots|}|)} % \item Environmental `sub' settings @@ -349,7 +353,16 @@ % \begin{background} % The |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| is a |\par|\-|box| with % |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| as first contents line. -% \iffalse See implementation for details.\fi +% \iffalse +% Prepared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| (offered by the +% \package{caption} package), the caption package command |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| +% becames available. +% Analogous to the |\set|\-|caption|\-|type| command of the \package{caption} package, +% the |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| command sets the sub-type of the box or environment +% (so |\caption| will typeset a sub-caption instead of an ordinary one), +% places a proper hyperlink anchor (non-starred variant only), +% executes options associated with the sub-type etc. +% \fi % \end{background} % % \PageBreak @@ -416,7 +429,7 @@ % The |subfigure| \& |subtable| environments are just simple |minipage| % environments with |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| as first contents line. % These environments are defined with the help of -% |\caption@For{subtypelist}|, which executes code for every sub-type +% |\For|\-|Each|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|, which executes code for every sub-type % declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. % \end{background} % @@ -466,14 +479,6 @@ % \bigskip % % \begin{background} -% Prepared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| (offered by the -% \package{caption} package), the caption package command |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| -% becames available. -% Analogous to the |\set|\-|caption|\-|type| command of the \package{caption} package, -% the |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type| command sets the sub-type of the box or environment -% (so |\caption| will typeset a sub-caption instead of an ordinary one), -% places a proper hyperlink anchor (non-starred variant only), -% executes options associated with the sub-type etc.\par % The |\subcaption| command is just a simple combination of % |\set|\-|caption|\-|sub|\-|type*| and |\caption|. % \end{background} @@ -484,9 +489,6 @@ % \DescribeMacro\DeclareCaptionSubType % For using the sub-caption feature of the \package{caption} package some % commands and counters must be prepared. This is done with -% \iffalse\footnote{%^^A -% \cs{newsubfloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} -% could be used for this purpose as well.}\fi % \begin{quote} % |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ % |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type} @@ -536,8 +538,8 @@ % \end{minipage} % % \begin{background} -% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is an integral part of the \package{caption} -% package kernel. +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| and |\For|\-|Each|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| +% are integral parts of the \package{caption} package kernel. % \end{background} % % \PageBreak @@ -797,12 +799,16 @@ % % \pagebreak[3] % \section{Beyond this package} -% \label{floatrow} +% \label{keyfloat}\label{floatrow} % % For a more advanced usage of the sub-caption feature of the -% \package{caption} package, please take a look at the \package{floatrow} -% package\cite{floatrow} which provides the powerful \texttt{subfloatrow} -% environment for typesetting sub-figures. +% \package{caption} package, please take a look at the excellent +% \package{keyfloat} package\cite{keyfloat} which provides the environments +% |key|\-|sub|\-|figs|, |key|\-|sub|\-|tabs|, and |key|\-|sub|\-|floats| for +% typesetting sub-figures and sub-tables. +% +% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} provides the +% |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment for typesetting sub-figures. % % \iffalse % --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % @@ -840,6 +846,11 @@ % \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}% % {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}}, % 2007/04/09 +% \bibitem{keyfloat} +% Brian Duun:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/keyfloat}% +% {\emph{The \LaTeX\ keyfloat Package}}, +% 2019/09/23 % \iffalse % \bibitem{subfig} % Steven D. Cochran:\\ @@ -924,37 +935,39 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2020/01/22 v1.3d Sub-captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{subcaption}[2020/08/23 v1.3g Sub-captions (AR)] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Initial code} % % Since we base on the \package{caption} package we load it here. % \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{caption}[2020/01/03] % needs v3.4h or newer +\RequirePackage{caption}[2020/08/23] % needs v3.5 or newer % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\subcaption@CheckCompatibility} % \changes{v1.1}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added} % \changes{v1.1}{2016/05/22}{The presence of \package{subfigure} or \package{subfig} will be checked \cs{AtBeginDocument}, too} +% \changes{v1.3g}{2020/08/01}{Error text adapted to \package{caption} package~\version{4.0}} % Since we are incompatible to them an error message will be issued when % the \package{subfigure} or \package{subfig} package is loaded. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand\subcaption@CheckCompatibility{% +\newcommand*\subcaption@CheckCompatibility{% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} - \@ifundefined{caption@ifcompatibility}{}{% - \caption@ifcompatibility{% - \caption@Error{% - The `subcaption' package does not work correctly\MessageBreak - in compatibility mode}}{}}% + \caption@ifcompatibility{% + \PackageError{subcaption}% + {This package does not work with\MessageBreak + caption option `compatibility=v1'}% + {\subcaption@eh}% + \endinput}{}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \@ifpackageloaded{subfigure}{% \PackageError{subcaption}% {This package can't be used in cooperation\MessageBreak with the subfigure package}% - {\subcaption@EH}% + {\subcaption@eh}% \endinput}{}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -962,27 +975,23 @@ \PackageError{subcaption}% {This package can't be used in cooperation\MessageBreak with the subfig package}% - {\subcaption@EH}% + {\subcaption@eh}% \endinput}{}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\subcaption@EH{% +\newcommand*\subcaption@eh{% If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak at the documentation of the `subcaption' package, especially the\MessageBreak section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \subcaption@CheckCompatibility -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} \caption@AtBeginDocument{% \subcaption@CheckCompatibility - \let\subcaption@CheckCompatibility\@undefined - \let\subcaption@EH\@undefined -} + \let\subcaption@CheckCompatibility\@undefined} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -990,9 +999,9 @@ % % \changes{v1.1}{2011/10/30}{Adapted to the newfloat package} % We call |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| for |figure|, |table|, -% and each caption type declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| here. +% and each floating environment declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| here. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@ForEachType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} +\ForEachCaptionType{\DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\newsubfloat} @@ -1055,20 +1064,21 @@ % \begin{macro}{subtable} % \changes{v1.2}{2016/02/21}{Optional argument values `B' and `T' added} % \changes{v1.3d}{2020/01/22}{Definition and usage of \cs{@subfloatboxreset} added} +% \changes{v1.3e}{2020/07/29}{Uses \cs{ForEachCaptionSubType} (instead of \cs{caption@For}) to define the environments now} % This is just an ordinary \env{minipage} environment with % |\setcaptionsubtype| as first contents line. -% It will be defined using the helper macro |\caption@For{sub|\-|type|\-|list}| -% offered by the \package{caption} kernel, so for every caption type -% declared with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| a corresponding +% It will be defined using the helper macro |\For|\-|Each|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| +% offered by the \package{caption} kernel, so for every caption sub-type +% declared with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| a corresponding % `sub' environment will be defined automatically. % \begin{macrocode} -\caption@For{subtypelist}{% - \newenvironment{sub#1}% +\ForEachCaptionSubType{% + \newenvironment{#1}% {\@ifnextchar[%] \subcaption@iminipage {\subcaption@iminipage[c]}}% {\subcaption@endminipage - \endminipage}}% + \endminipage}} % \end{macrocode} % We pass all other optional arguments using the generic helper macro % |\caption@with|\-|opt|\-|args| offered by the \package{caption} kernel). @@ -1183,13 +1193,14 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macro}{\subcaption@setrefformat} +% \changes{v1.3g}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} % |\subcaption@setrefformat|\marg{name}\par % Selecting a subref format simply means saving the code (in |\subcaption@reffmt|). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\subcaption@setrefformat[1]{% - \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + \@ifundefined{caption@labelformat@#1}% {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% - {\expandafter\let\expandafter\subcaption@reffmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\subcaption@reffmt\csname caption@labelformat@#1\endcsname}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \subcaption@setrefformat{simple} @@ -1200,11 +1211,12 @@ % % We use |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and |\caption@ProcessOptions| here to add % the options to the `|sub|' option list instead of executing them immediately. -% \changes{v1.1}{2018/05/01}{Bugfix: Option \texttt{font+=small} changed to \texttt{size=smaller}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2018/05/01}{Option \texttt{font+=smaller} changed to \texttt{size=smaller}} +% \changes{v1.3e}{2020/07/27}{Option \texttt{size=smaller} changed back to \texttt{font+=smaller}} % \begin{macrocode} \caption@SetupOptions{subcaption}{\captionsetup[sub]{#2}}% \caption@ExecuteOptions{subcaption}{% - size=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,skip=6pt,list=0,hypcap=0} + font+=smaller,labelformat=parens,labelsep=space,skip=6pt,list=0,hypcap=0} \caption@ProcessOptions*{subcaption} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1218,6 +1230,7 @@ % \changes{v1.3}{2019/08/31}{This macro re-added and revised} % \changes{v1.3a}{2019/09/01}{\cs{ignorespaces} copied from \cs{sf@@@subfloat}} % \changes{v1.3b}{2020/01/03}{Previous definition of \cs{subfloat} will be overwritten} +% \changes{v1.3f}{2020/07/29}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@hj@default} replaced by \cs{captionbox@innerpos@default}} % |\subfloat|\oarg{list\_entry}\oarg{sub-caption}\marg{body}\par % If \meta{sub-caption} is given, we map this to |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| % but transfer the |\label| from \meta{body} to \meta{sub-caption}. @@ -1237,7 +1250,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\@@@subfloat#1#2#3{% - \caption@getlabel#3\label{}\@nil + \caption@getlabel{#3}% #1{#2\caption@thelabel}{\let\label\caption@gobble#3}% \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax \ignorespaces} @@ -1250,7 +1263,7 @@ {\phantomcaption\@gobble}{\phantomcaption\@gobble}% no box with \caption {}% no optional arguments for \caption {}% no sub-caption - [\wd\@tempboxa][\caption@hj@default]% + [\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@innerpos@default]% {\unhbox\@tempboxa}% \ignorespaces} % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/totalcount.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/totalcount.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index a2e0d934a39..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/totalcount.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,384 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% This is file `totalcount.dtx'. -% -% Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) -% -% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2003/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -% -% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. -% -% This work consists of the file totalcount.dtx, -% and the derived file totalcount.sty. -% -% \fi -% \CheckSum{126} -% -% \iffalse -%<*driver> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesFile{totalcount.drv}[2013/05/12 v1.0 Total values of counters] -\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up. -%\errorcontextlines=3 -% -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} -% -\usepackage{ifpdf} -\ifpdf - \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} - \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} -% \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} -\fi -% -\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} -\usepackage{hypdoc} -\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi -\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, totalcount},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} -% -\usepackage{totalcount}[2008/02/16] -% -\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} -\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} -\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} -\let\package\puresf -\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett -% -\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} -\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} -\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} -% -\usepackage{marvosym} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}} -\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}} -\makeatother -% -\begin{document} - \DocInput{totalcount.dtx} -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \def\thispackage{the \package{totalcount} package} -% \def\Thispackage{The \package{totalcount} package} -% -% \GetFileInfo{totalcount.drv} -% \let\docdate\filedate -% \let\docversion\fileversion -% \GetFileInfo{totalcount.sty} -% -% \title{\texorpdfstring{\Thispackage\thanks{%^^A -% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A -% {The totalcount package}} -% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ -% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} -% \date{\docdate} -% \maketitle -% -% \begin{abstract} -% This package offers commands for typesetting total values of counters. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \iffalse\clearpage\fi -% \setcounter{tocdepth}{2} -% \tableofcontents -% -% \iffalse\clearpage\fi -% \pagebreak[3] -% \section{Loading the package} -% -% Load this package using -% \begin{quote} -% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{totalcount}|\quad, -% \end{quote} -% where \meta{options} is a list of names of \LaTeX\ counters, e.g.: -% \begin{quote} -% |\usepackage[figure,table]{totalcount}|\quad. -% \end{quote} -% \pagebreak[3] -% This way the commands |\total|\-|figures| and |\total|\-|tables| will be defined which -% are typesetting the total number of figures resp.~tables, e.g.: -% \begin{quote} -% |This document contains \totalfigures\ figures.| -% \end{quote} -% \pagebreak[3] -% Furthermore the commands |\if|\-|total|\-|figures| and |\if|\-|total|\-|tables| are offered -% for typesetting text only if the document contains figures resp.~tables at all, e.g.: -% \begin{quote} -% |\iftotalfigures|\\ -% | \listoffigures|\\ -% |\fi| -% \end{quote} -% \pagebreak[3] -% This should work with other counters as well (for example |equation|, -% or |lst|\-|listing| offered by the \package{listings} package~\cite{listings}), -% but please note that using the |page| counter here is not supported. -% -% \pagebreak[3] -% \section{\cs{DeclareTotalCounter}} -% \begin{quote} -% |\DeclareTotalCounter|\marg{counter} -% \end{quote} -% actually defines the commands |\total|\meta{counter}|s| and |\if|\-|total|\meta{counter}|s|. -% -% \pagebreak[3] -% So in fact -% \begin{quote} -% |\usepackage[figure,table]{totalcount}| -% \end{quote} -% is identical to -% \begin{quote} -% |\usepackage{totalcount}|\\ -% |\DeclareTotalCounter{figure}|\\ -% |\DeclareTotalCounter{table}| -% \end{quote} -% -% \pagebreak[3] -% \section{Spacing} -% The space after all \LaTeX\ commands without (optional or mandatory) arguments -% like |\total|\-|figures| will not be typeset, -% so these commands needs to be finished with an additional backslash or an empty -% pair of curly braces right before the space character, -% or to be finished with a tilde (swung dash), -% so \TeX\ will be prevented from omitting the following space character. -% -% \pagebreak[3] -% This could be avoided by defining new commands with the help of -% the \package{xspace} package~\cite{xspace}. -% When using \thispackage\ with the package option |xspace| this will be actually done, -% so after -% \begin{quote} -% |\usepackage[figure,table,xspace]{totalcount}| -% \end{quote} -% code like -% \begin{quote} -% |This document contains \totalfigures figures.| -% \end{quote} -% will give correct results without a missing space between the total number of figures -% and the word ``figures''. -% -% \pagebreak[3] -% \section{Thanks} -% I would like to thank Herbert Vo\ss\ since the implementation of this package is -% based on an idea from him which could be found at -% \url{http://texnik.dante.de/cgi-bin/mainFAQ.cgi?file=counter/counter#number}. -% -% \iffalse -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -% \fi -% -% \StopEventually{%^^A -% \begin{thebibliography}{9} -% \bibitem{listings} -% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ -% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}% -% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ -% 2007/02/22 -% \bibitem{xspace} -% David Carlisle and Morten H\o gholm:\\ -% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xspace}% -% {\emph{The xspace package}}, -% 2009/10/20 -% \end{thebibliography} -% } -% -% \iffalse -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -% \fi -% -% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} -% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} -% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} -% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} -% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} -% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} -% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} -% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@namedef,\@nameuse} -% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} -% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar} -% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} -% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} -% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} -% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} -% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} -% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} -% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} -% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} -% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} -% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} -% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} -% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} -% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} -% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} -% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} -% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} -% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} -% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} -% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} -% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} -% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} -% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} -% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} -% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} -% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} -% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} -% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} -% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} -% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} -% -% \iffalse -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -% \fi -% -% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} -% \changes{v1.0}{2008/02/16}{First version} -% -% \iffalse -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -% \fi -% -% \clearpage -% \section{The implementation} -% \iffalse -%<*package> -% \fi -% -% \subsection{Identification} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{totalcount}[2018/01/21 v1.0a Total values of counters (AR)] -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Initial code} -% -% \begin{macro}{\DeclareTotalCounter} -% \changes{v1.0}{2013/05/12}{Usage of \cs{totalcount@counters} delayed} -% |\DeclareTotalCounter|\marg{counter name} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\DeclareTotalCounter[1]{% - \newcounter{totalcount@#1}% - \@namedef{total#1s}{\nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}}% - \@namedef{total#1es}{\@nameuse{total#1s}}% - \expandafter\newif\csname iftotal#1s\endcsname - \@namedef{iftotal#1es}{\@nameuse{iftotal#1s}}% -% \@nameuse{totalcount@set@#1}% - \AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{c@#1}% - {\PackageError{totalcount}{Undefined counter `#1'}\@ehc}% - {\@cons\totalcount@counters{{#1}}}}} -\@onlypreamble\DeclareTotalCounter -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\totalcount@counters\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Declaration of options} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\totalcount@xspace{} -\DeclareOption{xspace}{\renewcommand*\totalcount@xspace{\xspace}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOption*{\expandafter\DeclareTotalCounter\expandafter{\CurrentOption}} -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Execution of options} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\ifx\totalcount@xspace\@empty\else - \RequirePackage{xspace} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Main code} -% -% \begin{macro}{\totalcount@addtocounter} -% |\totalcount@addtocounter|\marg{counter name} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\totalcount@addtocounter[1]{% - \@ifundefined{c@totalcount@#1}{}{% - \addtocounter{totalcount@#1}{\value{#1}}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\@stpelt} -% |\@stpelt|\marg{counter name} -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\totalcount@stpelt@ORI\@stpelt -\renewcommand*\@stpelt[1]{% - \totalcount@addtocounter{#1}% - \totalcount@stpelt@ORI{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\totalcount@set} -% \changes{v1.0a}{2018/01/21}{A negative counter value will be handled correctly now} -% |\totalcount@set|\marg{counter name}\marg{value} -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\totalcount@set[2]{% - \@ifundefined{c@totalcount@#1}% -% {\global\@namedef{totalcount@set@#1}{\totalcount@set{#1}{#2}}}% - {}% - {\global\@namedef{total#1s}{#2\totalcount@xspace}% - \ifnum#2<1\relax \else - \global\@nameuse{total#1strue}% - \fi}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{\AtEndDocument{% - \begingroup - \@tempswafalse - \if@filesw - \immediate\write\@mainaux{% - \string\providecommand\string\totalcount@set[2]{}}% - \fi - \def\@elt#1{% - \totalcount@addtocounter{#1}% - \edef\totalcount@tempa{\the\value{totalcount@#1}}% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\totalcount@tempb\csname total#1s\endcsname - \@expandtwoargs\totalcount@set{#1}{\totalcount@tempa}% - \expandafter\ifx\csname total#1s\endcsname\totalcount@tempb \else - \@tempswatrue - \fi - \if@filesw - \immediate\write\@mainaux{% - \string\totalcount@set{#1}{\totalcount@tempa}}% - \fi}% - \totalcount@counters - \if@tempswa - \PackageWarningNoLine{totalcount}{% - Total counter(s) have changed.\MessageBreak - Rerun to get them right}% - \fi - \endgroup}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \iffalse -%</package> -% \fi -% -% \iffalse -% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % -% \fi -% -% \Finale -% -\endinput |